Post Conference Report
featuring
CEO Track
10 CEO presentations
5 Thematic presentations
2 Special presentations
Company Connect
Takeaways from company
interactions

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Index
CEO Track
CEO
Mr K Venkatramanan,
CEO & MD
Mr Akhil Gupta,
Dy Group CEO & MD
Mr S Vasudeva,
CMD
Mr Himanshu Kapania,
MD
Mr Pratip Chaudhuri,
Chairman
Mr Bhaskar Bhat,
MD
Mr S D Shibulal,
CEO & MD
Ms Chanda Kochar,
CEO & MD
Mr Punit Goenka,
CEO & MD
Mr Kuldip Kaura,
CEO & MD
Company
Larsen & Toubro
Bharti Airtel
ONGC
Idea Cellular
State Bank of India
Titan Industries
Infosys
ICICI Bank
Zee Entertainment
ACC
Page
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
13
14
Thematic/Special Presentations
Vision Of The Indian Financial Sector
Mr Deepak Parekh,
Chairman, HDFC
Financial Health Of India Inc
Ms Roopa Kudva,
S&P Region Head, South Asia
Power Of Nutrition: Bring Transformational Changes In Life
Ms Pooja Makhija,
Nutritionist
United Colors Of Indian Politics
Mr Prabhu Chawla,
Editorial Director, The New Indian Express
Super 30 – Revolutionizing Education at the Grassroots
Prof Anand Kumar,
Leading Educationist & Social Entrepreneur
Making India A World Champion – Lessons from my journey
Ms Mary Kom,
World & Olympic Boxing Supermom
Re-shaping Entertainment – Whether small screen or big!
Ms Ekta Kapoor,
Soap Queen & Top Bollywood Producer
15
16
17
18
19
21
23
Company Connect
Takeaways from management interactions
24-104
Panel Discussions
25 Years of Wealth Creation
Mr Akash Prakash
Navigating Through Business Cycles
Mr Glenn Saldanha
CEO, Amansa Capital
Mr Motilal Oswal
CMD, Motilal Oswal Financial Services
Mr Raamdeo Agrawal
Jt MD, Motilal Oswal Financial Services
CMD, Glenmark Pharma
Mr Sanjiv Bajaj,
MD, Bajaj Finserv
Mr Vivek Chaand Sehgal
Founder Chairman, Motherson Sumi
Mr B Nagesh
Vice-Chairman, Shoppers Stop
Investors are advised to refer through disclosures made at the end of the Research Report.

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Conference Highlights
2
012 is turning out to be an eventful year with significant volatility in all asset classes.Even as
the world is finding it tough to put growth back on track, India has been facing its own set of
challenges of low growth, high inflation, weak rupee and no policy action.
Surprisingly, Indian equity markets have been holding out well, still among the top global performers
of 2012, as foreign investors pumped in another USD11b into equities, CY12 YTD. Our earnings
growth expectations remains muted at 7-8% for FY13, with probability of further downgrade. It was
against this backdrop that we hosted the
8th Motilal Oswal Annual Global Investor Conference,
27-29 August 2012, at the Grand Hyatt in Mumbai.
The
Motilal Oswal Annual Global Investor Conferences
in 2009, 2010 and 2011 were arguably the
biggest in India. In 2012, we maintained this trend of hosting the largest India conference of the
year. During 27-29 August, over 100 leading Indian companies interacted with more than 500
investors from all over the world, translating into 2,500+ company-investor meetings. During
30-31 August we had insightful visits to Uttar Pradesh and Delhi, where investors interacted with
the Chief Minister of Uttar Pradesh and several state and central government officials.
Conference Highlights
CEO Track:
During the first two days of the conference, 10 CEOs of India's leading companies
shared their vision, strategies and success stories.
7 thematic & special presentations:
By eminent personalities on a diverse range of themes –
1. Mr Deepak Parekh,
Chairman, HDFC, shared his
Vision of the Indian Financial Sector
2. Ms Roopa Kudva,
Region Head - South Asia, Standard & Poor's, discussed her views on the
Financial Health of India Inc
3. Mr Prabhu Chawla,
Editorial Director, The New Indian Express, spoke on the
United Colors
of Indian Politics
4. Prof Anand Kumar,
Leading Educationist & Social Entrepreneur, threw light on
Grassroots
Transformation through Education
5. Ms Pooja Makhija,
Top Nutritionist & Author, spoke on bringing transformational changes
in life through the
Power of Nutrition
6. Ms Mary Kom,
World & Olympics Boxing Supermom, shared the
Lessons from Her Journey
to an Olympics Medalist
7. Ms Ekta Kapoor,
Soap Queen & Ace Bollywood Producer, was interviewed by celebrity TV
anchor, Mr Omar Qureshi, on
Re-shaping Entertainment
Two luncheon panel discussions:
On each of the first two days there was a panel discussion over
lunch. On Day 1, the topic was
25 Years of Wealth Creation,
and on Day 2 it was
Navigating
Through Business Cycles.
The panelists were leading CEOs across sectors.
2012 also marks the Silver Jubilee for Motilal Oswal.
To celebrate this, we set up a unique evening on
August 27, featuring a dazzling Bollywood performance by Terence Lewis and his dance troupe.
The positive feedback we received makes us believe that the Conference indeed lived up to its theme,
leaving investors with interesting insights, winning themes, greater conviction and the best
investment ideas.
We will host the
9th Motilal Oswal Annual Global Investor Conference
in August 2013. We look
forward to your participation in that event.
Navin Agarwal
CEO – Institutional Equities
September 2012
Rajat Rajgarhia
MD – Institutional Equities
1

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
CEO Track
CEO Track
CEO
Mr K Venkatramanan,
CEO & MD
Mr Akhil Gupta,
Dy Group CEO & MD
Mr S Vasudeva,
CMD
Mr Himanshu Kapania,
MD
Mr Pratip Chaudhuri,
Chairman
Mr Bhaskar Bhat,
MD
Mr S D Shibulal,
CEO & MD
Ms Chanda Kochar,
CEO & MD
Mr Punit Goenka,
CEO & MD
Mr Kuldip Kaura,
CEO & MD
Company
Larsen & Toubro
Bharti Airtel
ONGC
Idea Cellular
State Bank of India
Titan Industries
Infosys
ICICI Bank
Zee Entertainment
ACC
Page
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
13
14
Thematic/Special Presentations
Vision Of The Indian Financial Sector
Mr Deepak Parekh,
Chairman, HDFC
Financial Health Of India Inc
Ms Roopa Kudva,
S&P Region Head, South Asia
Power Of Nutrition: Bring Transformational Changes In Life
Ms Pooja Makhija,
Nutritionist
United Colors Of Indian Politics
Mr Prabhu Chawla,
Editorial Director, The New Indian Express
Super 30 – Revolutionizing Education at the Grassroots
Prof Anand Kumar,
Leading Educationist & Social Entrepreneur
Making India A World Champion – Lessons from my journey
Ms Mary Kom,
World & Olympic Boxing Supermom
Re-shaping Entertainment – Whether small screen or big!
Ms Ekta Kapoor,
Soap Queen & Top Bollywood Producer
15
16
17
18
19
21
23
September 2012
2

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Larsen & Toubro
Mr S Gopalakrishnan
Executive Co-Chairman
Infosys
Mr K Venkataramanan
is the
CEO and Managing Director
of L&T. A graduate in
Chemical Engineering from
IIT, Delhi, he joined L&T in
1969. He was elevated to
the Board of Directors in
May 1999, and he assumed
his current role in April
2012. He is credited with
helping in the
transformation of L&T from
a fabrication-driven EPC
contractor to a technology-
led player.
Mr Venkataramanan is a
Distinguished Alumni
Awardee of IIT Delhi in
2005. He is the first Asian
to be appointed Chairman
of the Board of Directors of
the 'Engineering &
Construction Risk Institute,
Inc.', USA for a two year
term ended in May 2010. He
is an Honorary Fellow of
the Institute of Chemical
Engineers (IChemE), UK. He
is also a Fellow of the
Indian Institute of
Chemical Engineers, and
currently the Chairman of
the Capital Goods
Committee of FICCI.
Mr Krishnamurthi Venkataramanan
CEO & Managing Director
Larsen & Toubro
CEO Track
Key takeaways
Core essence
Lakshya 2016
targets revenues of INR1,000b by FY16, from current levels of
INR620b. This will be driven by increased contribution from overseas business to
25% (up from 15% now) and new manufacturing businesses (defense INR65b,
ship-building INR40b, deepwater rigs INR35b, etc).
Industry insights
High growth sectors include Power, Hydrocarbons and Steel.
In the power sector, the issue of coal availability is moving in a positive direction.
Many state utilities have also started to raise tariffs. However, sustained ordering
in power sector still looks 2 years away. Fukushima event has pushed back nuclear
capacity addition by 2 years, but investment in solar capacity is picking up as cost
of setting up a plant has reduced to INR1b/MW. Hydel capacity remains sluggish.
Domestic E&P spend is picking up while refinery and petroleum capex remains
sluggish. Investment in fertilizer capacity is dependent on new Urea Investment
policy and availability of gas. In the global markets, Middle East, South Eastern
region, Australia and CIS countries continue to show increasing investments.
Globally, offshore oil E&P is moving towards deeper water.
Domestic ferrous segment continues to slow down due to ban on iron ore mining
in Karnataka; non-ferrous capex is also sporadic.
L&T is attractively positioned in many of these segments. In the infrastructure
segment, metro rails and DFCC are major growth drivers. Road project orders by
NHAI have slowed down, but there are some prospective orders in the Airports
segment. Urban Infra is showing healthy traction driven by investment in hospitals
and water treatment.
Key triggers/challenges
The current phase of slowdown in domestic business is a wake-up call and the
attempt going forward is not to depend on any single economy for growth. Hence
the process of internationalization will accelerate now and the target is to increase
the share of international business to 25% by 2016 from 15% currently.
Correcting the capital structure is an important priority, and is being targeted
through portfolio rationalization (hiving off businesses which cannot achieve a
critical size), value unlocking (target at least 4 listed companies by 2020) and asset
monetization / churn.
One of the important objectives is to make L&T asset light going forward.
3
Covering
Analyst(s):
Satyam Agarwal
+91 22 3982 5410
AgarwalS@MotilalOswal.com
Deepak Narnolia
+91 22 3029 5126
Deepak.Narnolia@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Bharti Enterprises
Mr S Gopalakrishnan
Executive Co-Chairman
Infosys
Mr Akhil Gupta
is the Deputy
Group CEO and Managing
Director of Bharti
Enterprises and a Director
of Bharti Airtel. He has
been closely involved from
the very beginning in the
growth of Bharti in the
telecommunication
services sector. He has also
been responsible for
conceptualizing and
implementing the
separation of passive
mobile infrastructure and
forming Indus Towers, a JV
with Vodafone and Idea,
which has become the
largest tower company in
the world.
Mr Gupta is also the
Chairman of Tower and
Infrastructure Providers
Association (TAIPA). He
represents the Indian
Telecom Industry and
Bharti regularly at various
forums. He was awarded
'CEO of the Year' at the
National Telecom Awards
2012. He was also honored
for 'Outstanding
Contribution to the Telecom
Sector' by the leading
telecom magazine,
tele.net.
A Chartered Accountant, Mr
Gupta has also completed
an "Advanced Management
Program" at the Harvard
Business School.
Mr Akhil Gupta
Deputy Group CEO & Managing Director
Bharti Enterprises
CEO Track
Key takeaways
Core essence
Sector/country fundamentals remain intact but adverse industry structure and
irrational competition are hurting financial health.
The industry has taken some corrective initiatives recently; unless these initiatives
sustain and succeed, the outlook remains weak.
Industry insights
High sales and distribution expenses due to rotational churn remain a significant
drag on margins.
Data and 3G pick-up remain key long-term growth drivers, e.g. Bharti already has
39m data users out of its overall India subscriber base of ~190m. Data is growing at
25%+ QoQ.
Most operators have deep pockets, which is driving irrational competition.
Company vision and strategy
Aim to reduce Net Debt/EBITDA for the company to 2.5x (2.9x in 1QFY13).
Taking initiatives to curb irrational competition in terms of sales and distribution
expenses.
Expect steady growth in Africa, but very high growth is unlikely, as tariffs remain
relatively high (>5 cents per minute v/s less than 1 cent in India).
Key triggers/milestones/challenges
Regulatory clarity on spectrum payments/allocation.
Industry has been, over the last month, trying to ensure no negative landing,
which should be positive for margins.
Political will for reform and pro-industry/pro-growth measures remain low,
dampening the investment mood.
Covering Analyst(s):
Shobhit Khare
+91 22 3982 5428
Shobhit.Khare@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
4

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Oil and Natural Gas Corporation
Mr S Gopalakrishnan
Executive Co-Chairman
Infosys
Mr Sudhir Vasudeva
is the
Chairman and Managing
Director of Oil and Natural
Gas Corporation (ONGC),
the most valuable
Maharatna public sector
unit (PSU) of India. He is
also the Chairman of ONGC
Videsh (OVL), Mangalore
Refinery and
Petrochemicals (MRPL) and
five other ONGC Group
Companies - ONGC Petro-
additions, ONGC
Mangalore Petrochemicals,
Mangalore SEZ, ONGC
Tripura Power Company and
ONGC Mittal Energy.
Mr Vasudeva is a Gold
Medalist Chemical
Engineer with Advanced
Diploma in Management.
Under his stewardship,
ONGC has registered its
highest-ever profit, become
the highest-ever dividend
paying company in India,
and often retains the
Numero Uno position in
terms of market
capitalization. His focus on
Investor Relationship has
ranked ONGC Number-2 in
Institutional Investors'
Best IR Companies List of
2012 in the Oil & Gas
domain across Asia.
Mr Sudhir Vasudeva
Chairman & Managing Director
Oil and Natural Gas Corporation
CEO Track
Key takeaways
Core essence
ONGC aspires for 2x increase in production, 3x in revenue & EBITDA and 6x increase in
international production under its Perspective Plan 2030. All of this may require
investment of INR11t, which it can manage without external funding.
Industry insights
Technology & innovation is expanding the capabilities of global E&P sector, helping
to explore deepwater frontier basins.
Unconventional energy forms like shale gas and oil shales will be game changers
for the sector.
Natural gas is the fuel of the 21st century driven by the environmental friendliness
and improved fungibility.
Surplus gas production in US and likely new gas production in China will play an
important role in global gas prices and trade. This will also influence the
conventional gas contracts and may shift incrementally from pure oil-linked to
gas linked (e.g. Henry Hub) or linked to blend of oil/gas benchmarks.
India, with 17% of the world population, accounts for just 1% of hydrocarbon
resources in the world. Nevertheless,
Indian E&P sector has witnessed significant progress post the NELP regime and
has discovered 3.5btoe in-place hydrocarbon reserves through 380 discoveries in
the last 11 years.
India is now the fifth largest LNG importer (5.5% share in LNG trade) and is set to
strengthen its position going forward with already planned LNG terminals.
Company vision and strategy
ONGC targets to grow its overall production at 4-5% CAGR with major contribution
from overseas production with a target of 60mmtoe/year by 2030.
Further, it targets the non-E&P business to contribute 30% of the group revenues.
It targets to unlock 450+ mmtoe YTF (yet-to-find) domestic hydrocarbon reserves.
It plans to invest INR11t over 2013-2030 as against INR2.7t in 12th Five Year Plan.
Key triggers/milestones/challenges
Covering Analyst(s):
Harshad Borawake
+91 22 3982 5432
HarshadBorawake@MotilalOswal.com
Deepak Dult
+91 22 3982 5445
Deepak.Dult@MotilalOswal.com
Near-term challenge is to maintain earnings growth amidst ad hoc subsidy sharing.
Subsidy rationalization over the long term will improve earnings predictability
and in turn valuations.
ONGC's standalone domestic production is expected to rise by ~4mmt in FY14 led
by monetization of marginal fields to 28.3mmtpa (meaningfully above consensus
estimates), as against the flat production trend for the last several years at
24-25mmtpa. Further, domestic gas production is likely to cross 100mmscmd by
FY17, helped by new discoveries (Mahanadi, KG-98/2).
5
September 2012

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Idea Cellular
Mr S Gopalakrishnan
Executive Co-Chairman
Infosys
Mr Himanshu Kapania
is the
Managing Director of Idea
Cellular, a pan-India
mobile operator with
revenue of USD4b and over
110m subscribers. He is
credited with
strengthening Idea's
dominance in Maharashtra
& Goa, Madhya Pradesh &
Chattisgarh, and Kerala,
and launching Idea
services in Mumbai,
Karnataka, Tamil Nadu and
Chennai while expanding
brand presence in Gujarat
and Andhra Pradesh. Under
his leadership, Idea has
grown in South and West
India.
Mr Kapania has had two
separate stints with Idea
Cellular (erstwhile Birla
AT&T). In his first stint, he
joined the company in 1997
as General Manager,
Operations - South
Maharashtra and then
moved on as COO for
Gujarat (1998-2000) and as
COO for Delhi (2000-2003).
Subsequently, he worked
with Reliance Infocomm as
CEO - North India. In
September 2006, Mr
Kapania returned to Idea
as COO and in 2008, was
promoted as Director -
Operations. He was
appointed Managing
Director in April 2011.
Mr Himanshu Kapania
Managing Director
Idea Cellular
CEO Track
Key takeaways
Core essence
Industry potential for voice and data growth is intact.
The sector is now better placed to enforce competitive discipline, as relative gap
between scale/margins of incumbents has reduced.
Upcoming 2G spectrum auction will be a defining event.
Industry insights
Industry consolidation is inevitable, given significant losses for challengers and
upcoming increase in spectrum costs.
Tariffs and margins are bound to reverse; the industry is now better placed to
enforce discipline, as relative gap in scale/margins of incumbents has reduced.
Expect telecom sector revenue to grow at a CAGR of 10-12% over the next 10
years.
Company vision and strategy
Idea has scaled up significantly over the last two years, with the top player's lead
over Idea in the India wireless business reducing from 2.7x to 1.9x in revenue
terms and from 4.1x to 2.5x in EBITDA terms.
It plans to tap the data opportunity by positioning 3G as a mass product.
It intends to maintain leadership in the established circles; cautiously invest in
new circles to maintain effective deterrent.
Key triggers/milestones/challenges
Industry VLR subscriber base remains under 700m; it has the potential to reach 1b.
Upcoming Supreme Court mandated 2G auction will be a defining moment for the
sector, and force various industry participants to rethink their strategies and cash
losses.
Industry initiatives to reduce subscriber churn will bring sanity in the market and
support margins.
Covering Analyst(s):
Shobhit Khare
+91 22 3982 5428
Shobhit.Khare@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
6

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
State Bank of India
Mr S Gopalakrishnan
Executive Co-Chairman
Infosys
Mr Pratip Chaudhuri
is the
Chairman of State Bank of
India, the only Indian bank
to feature in the Fortune
Global 500 list. In this role,
he is not only the Chief
Executive of India's largest
commercial bank, but also
the head of the entire
State Bank Group including
5 associate banks and 22
subsidiaries - 8 of which
are overseas entities.
Mr Chaudhuri holds a post
graduate degree in
Business Administration
with specialization in
Finance. He joined this
205-year old institution as
a Probationary Officer in
the year 1974. During his
tenure of 37 years in State
Bank of India, he has held
a number of important
positions, including those
of Chief General Manager
(Foreign Offices), Chief
General Manager of
Chennai Circle and General
Manager (Mid Corporate
Group).
Mr Chaudhuri assumed
Chairmanship of State
Bank of India in April 2011.
Immediately prior to taking
over as Chairman, he was
Deputy Managing Director
in charge of the
International Banking
Group of the Bank.
Mr Pratip Chaudhuri
Chairman
State Bank of India
CEO Track
Key takeaways
Core essence
Continued traction in low cost deposits, better utilization of excess liquidity (incl
excess SLR), will keep margin story intact. Policy logjam, moderation in economic
environment, deficit rainfall etc is leading to higher stress on asset quality.
Industry insights
There is serious deceleration in long term credit especially capex driven industries
like Power, Fertilizers, Metals etc.
There remains a huge opportunity in retail loans especially home loans and auto
loans. Any change on the liability rate will happen only at the shorter end.
Company vision and strategy
NIM (reiterated 375bp guidance for FY13) remains the heart of the bank strategy.
Focusing on improving retail deposits share (especially low cost deposits), better
utilization of excess liquidity etc will lead to improvement in margins. NIMs in
July have improved than June 2012.
SBI will continue to follow the conservative policy of recognizing the stress upfront
v/s restructuring the same.
Consumer credit is gaining strong traction with the reduction in interest rates.
With 100bp fall in interest rates for car loans volumes have become 3x.
Others (a) Incrementally insisting borrowers to take higher tenor (12-14 years
v/s 8-9 years) for capex loans. (b) focusing on reducing the bulk deposits further
and (c) Focusing on reducing the cost to income ratio further.
Others
Strength of savings deposits can be seen from some of the large accounts like
1.3m account of railways, 0.8m Railway pensioners accounts, 1.5m Indian army
etc. Large corporate relationships and their employee's salary accounts also leading
to strong traction in savings deposits.
Higher stress on asset quality in 1QFY13 was on account of higher stress on pharma,
construction, engineering, construction and EPC contractor (due to in release in
payment from government).
Covering Analyst(s):
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
Key triggers/milestone/challenges
Change in macro-economic environment. Any concentrated efforts by government
to get rid of policy paralysis and boost investment climate.
Expected merger of one of the associate bank with SBI.
7
Sohail Halai
+91 22 3982 5430
Sohail.Halai@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Titan Industries
Mr S Gopalakrishnan
Executive Co-Chairman
Infosys
Mr Bhaskar Bhat
is the
Managing Director of Titan
Industries. He began his
career as a Management
Trainee at Godrej & Boyce
in 1978. After five years at
Godrej, he joined the Tata
Watch Project, which is
now Titan Industries. He
assumed his current role
in April 2002.
Mr Bhat is a BTech
(Mechanical Engineering)
from IIT Madras (1976) and
has completed his Post
Graduate Diploma in
Management from IIM
Ahmedabad (1978). Most of
his working experience has
been in Sales & Marketing.
At Titan, he has handled
Sales & Marketing, Human
Resources, International
Business and General
Management. He is also a
Director in Virgin Mobile
India Limited, a joint
venture of Tata
Teleservices and Virgin
Group, UK.
He won the Most Admired
Retail Professional of the
Year at the India Retail
Forum 2011 and received
the Distinguished Alumnus
Award in IIM Ahmedabad
in November 2011. Mr Bhat
was ranked as the 4th CEO
in a survey conducted by
the Business Today, INSEAD
and HBR.
Mr Bhaskar Bhat
Managing Director
Titan Industries
CEO Track
Key takeaways
Core essence
Notwithstanding the current weak consumer sentiment driven by shaky consumer
confidence and macro challenges, medium and long term consumption
opportunity for Titan in the jewelry, Watches and other adjacent lifestyle categories
remains immense and attractive. Titan has identified key growth drivers for its
core and potential adjacent lifestyle categories and enunciated its focus areas to
take advantage of the longer term consumption theme.
Industry Insights
Cautious Consumer; stays in "Wait and Watch" mode: Though industry footfalls
have improved from the lows of May-June, consumer remains in Wait & Watch
mode. Impact of inflation and poor consumer sentiments continue to reel broader
Retail industry and Discretionary categories in particular.
"Discounting" being used to induce spending: Spending recovery in Discretionary
categories will be a function of "discounting ", at-least in the short term. Today's
"smart" consumer waits for offers/discounts to plan her purchases. Titan, on its
part, is rolling out slew of attractive offers in high-value items to induce more
spending and to attract new consumers.
Expansion plans unchanged: A key change from the previous downturn is the
continuation of network expansion plans.
Company vision and strategy
India's large and under-penetrated middle class remains the cornerstone of Titan's
long term strategy as it offers significant upside for Titan's core categories of
Jewelry and Watches.
Targeting Youth, Women and Kids as a focus consumer segments as they are
expected to drive consumer spending in the lifestyle categories.
Differentiated marketing in small towns will help drive penetration in unexplored
geographies.
It intends to unearth new unorganized products categories and focus on under-
served consumer segments.
Key triggers/milestones/challenges
Inflation in Gold price as it can continue to impact same store growth
Any policy changes as government seems keen to curtail Gold imports.
Longer than envisaged slowdown in discretionary categories.
8
Covering Analyst(s):
Gautam Duggad
+91 22 3982 5404
Gautam.Duggad@motilaloswal.com
Sreekanth P.V.S.
+91 22 3029 5120
Sreekanth.P@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Infosys
Mr S Gopalakrishnan
Executive Co-Chairman
Infosys
Mr SD Shibulal
is the Co-
Founder and the CEO and
Managing Director of
Infosys. Earlier, he has
held a number of senior
leadership roles in the
company. Prior to becoming
CEO, he served as COO
between June 2007 and
August 2011.
He has been instrumental
in the development of
Infosys' Global Delivery
Model, which helped set
the stage for its evolution
into a leading
multinational Business
Consulting and IT Services
provider. As CEO, Mr
Shibulal is focused on
strengthening strategic
partnerships with clients,
increasing client relevance
and evolving the business
model towards achieving
Infosys' aspirations of
becoming a next
generation Global
Consulting and IT Services
corporation.
Mr Shibulal holds an MS
degree in Computer Science
from Boston University and
a Master's degree in
Physics from the University
of Kerala. He is a member
of the Board of Trustees,
the International Advisory
Board and the
Metropolitan College
Dean's Advisory Board of
Boston University.
Mr SD Shibulal
Co-Founder and CEO & Managing Director
Infosys
CEO Track
Key takeaways
Core essence
While the environment remains challenging for the near term, growth opportunity
over the long term remains healthy, when viewed from any dimension (Geography,
Clients, Services or Verticals). Infosys 3.0 strategy is a long term journey, early
indicators of which have been encouraging.
Industry insights
Vertical-specific challenges remain:
Uncertainty continues to mar the current
environment, which has meant prolonged delays in decision making. Growth
challenges have not eased in BFSI, and companies continue to seek cut in costs,
especially Investment Banks. Also, delays in implementation of Regulatory changes
and incidents of new likely regulations add on to the uncertainty that has affected
spends. Retail vertical has so far done well, but consumer confidence numbers
are a concern.
Ample opportunity for healthy long-term growth:
Over the long term, structural
opportunity to grow remains healthy when looked at from any dimension - clients,
geographies, services or verticals. Infosys serves between 600-700 clients, with
an addressable space of 2,000 clients. Also, it has multiple service lines with a
current scale of up to USD500m, and potential to scale up to USD1b in each. Among
geographies too, countries like China, Brazil, Indonesia, Mexico currently have
little to no penetration and remain opportunities over the long term.
Sporadic pricing declines, environment stable:
3.2% QoQ decline in pricing was a
function of [1] one-time revenue reversal of USD15m, [2] sporadic price cuts in
stressed segments and [3] revenue mix shift in favor of business IT Services.
However, there is no secular trend of pricing decline and pricing trends have been
stable two months into 2QFY13 even though the challenges in the environment
remain.
Company vision and strategy
Covering Analyst(s):
Ashish Chopra
+91 22 3982 5424
Ashish.Chopra@MotilalOswal.com
Four drivers behind Infosys 3.0:
Infosys' choice to move away from low hanging
fruits and undergo a transformation is driven by four imperatives:
[1] Clients' expectation of IT Services vendors being business innovation partners
than simply technology innovation partners to them, as Infosys seeks to stay
relevant to them,
[2] Increasing commoditization and price sensitivity in Business IT Services like
Application Maintenance and Infrastructure Management Services,
9
September 2012

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Infosys
[3] Decrease dependency on the linear model of growth, and
[4] Continue to stay ahead of the curve in innovation and technologies that shape
future trends.
Acquisitions core to the execution of strategy:
Infosys 3.0 has a slated objective of
increasing the share of revenues from Products and Platforms to one-third of the
company's size (v/s ~6% currently) over the next 4-5 years. As other services
continue to grow as well, the objective is likely to be met only with a necessary
contribution from the inorganic route. Also, the company's target set has expanded
with its new strategy, and it is now scouting across a much more diverse set of
companies than before.
Harley Davidson deal substantiates growth focus on Business IT Services segment:
Infosys' 5-year deal with Harley Davidson in the Business IT Services space indicates
that achievement of balanced services mix will not come at the cost of limited
growth focus on the Business IT Services segment. Separation into three segments
allows the company to take care of the different hiring needs and processes,
strategies and business cultures across the segments.
Key triggers/milestones/challenges
Greater hiring of locals onsite is likely to drag the onsite utilization rate down, as
the utilization of locals is only ~70% v/s utilization of deputes from India at ~95%.
Going forward, Infosys will need to plan resource allocation to limit the impact on
margins due to this.
Acquisitions will be a significant relief on concerns around cash non-deployment,
and any buys in the Products & Platform space will help push its share up towards
the targeted 30%+. Infosys is comfortable acquiring a company for up to 10% of its
revenue size.
Recent deals highlight the company's openness to newer models of working with
clients - like transition of workforce, which could facilitate better growth.
September 2012
10

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
ICICI Bank
Mr S Gopalakrishnan
Executive Co-Chairman
Infosys
Ms Chanda Kochhar
is the
Managing Director and CEO
of ICICI Bank, India's
largest private sector bank.
She is recognized for her
role in shaping Retail
Banking in India, for her
leadership of the ICICI
Group, and for her
contributions to various
forums in India and
globally.
Ms Kochhar began her
career with the erstwhile
ICICI Limited in 1984 and
was instrumental in
establishing ICICI Bank
during the 1990s. Ms
Kochhar has held various
responsible positions in
the Group. She assumed
her current role in 2009.
Ms Kochhar was conferred
the Padma Bhushan in
2011. In 2012, she has been
named amongst the nine
Indian women in the
Forbes' inaugural "Asia
Power Businesswomen"
list, ranked fifth in the list
of the "Most Powerful
CEOs" in India by The
Economic Times and first in
the list of "Top Women
CEOs" in the country, and
conferred with CNBC Asia's
India Business Leader of
the year award and CSR
award.
Ms Chanda Kochhar
Managing Director & CEO
ICICI Bank
CEO Track
Key takeaways
Core essence
While the macro environment remains challenging over the near term, growth
opportunity over the long term remains healthy. Consolidation phase of FY08-10
and focus on improving liability profile and risk management would help the
bank to sustain/ improve profitability and, in turn, return ratios.
Company Vision and Strategy
Focus on sustainable and profitable growth:
ICICIBC to continue its focus on 5Cs
(Credit growth, CASA, Cost efficiency, Credit quality and Capital conservation).
Improving domestic loan growth while maintaining CASA ratio at the current level,
stable margins and containment of credit cost would help ICICIBC to further
enhance the return ratios. For FY13, ICICIBC has guided for exit RoA of 1.65% v/s
1.5% in FY12 and consolidated RoE target of 15%. Over the medium term it expects
to improve consolidated ROE to 17-18%.
Near term loan growth to be driven by corporate segment; retail to accelerate:
Domestic loan growth expected to be 20% for FY13, within which retail loan
portfolio expected to grow by 15%. Focus on secured retail loans to increase viz.
mortgage, auto, CV etc which would see acceleration in FY14, whereas unsecured
retail loan should also see some pick-up on a lower base. Working capital loans
and disbursement from past sanctions would be the key driver for corporate loans.
International loan book (in consolidation phase) to remain flat to +5% thereby
overall growth expected to be 15% for FY13.
Structurally margins have moved to a higher level:
From the margin levels of 2.6-
2.7%, ICICIBC has improved its margins to level of 3% led by improved liability
profile (CASA ratio of 40%+) despite reducing share of high yielding unsecured
loan. With higher share of retail loans, strong CASA ratio management expects to
maintain margins at 3% in the near term and expect it to improve further by 20-
25bp in medium to long term.
Challenging macro environment but asset quality manageable:
ICICIBC has
managed its asset quality fairly well despite macro environment turning adverse.
While stress in macro-environment continues ICICIBC believes asset quality
performance would depend on individual banks portfolio mix and it is well placed
11
Covering Analyst(s):
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
Sohail Halai
+91 22 3982 5430
Sohail.Halai@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
ICICI Bank
to face the challenges with strong risk management practices that it has followed
in past few years. Though stress in corporate segment may lead to some
incremental restructuring it would be lower than that seen in FY12. Credit cost
guidance unchanged at 75bp for FY13.
Other highlights:
ICICI Prudential Life Insurance: Focus on sustaining profitability. Have curbed
cost in light of challenging macro and regulatory environment to protect
profitability.
ICICI General Life: A large part of provision on third party pool that was to be
made as per change in regulations was made in FY12. Profitability to improve
going forward.
Overseas banking subsidiaries: In light of regulatory hindrance in overseas
market ICICIBC to focus on consolidation in business and calibrate growth.
Further optimize its capital structure for which steps have been initiated.
Key triggers/milestones/challenges
Continued stress in infrastructure segment might lead to higher restructuring
going forward.
Regulatory changes like dynamic provisioning, PSL norms etc.
September 2012
12

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Zee Entertainment Enterprises
Mr S Gopalakrishnan
Executive Co-Chairman
Infosys
Mr Punit Goenka
is
Managing Director and CEO
of Zee Entertainment
Enterprises (ZEE). His
strong work ethics and
hands-on approach have
helped steer the ZEE
Empire to new frontiers of
success. Under his
leadership, Zee TV has
emerged a leader among
General Entertainment
Channels in India. He is
now working towards
strengthening ZEE's reach
internationally.
Mr Goenka has grown up
the ranks, handling
various responsibilities
across the Essel
conglomerate for over 15
years. He began his career
with Zee TV in 1995 as
Head of the Music division
and went on to shoulder
additional
responsibilities across
group companies. In 2004,
he took charge as the
Business Head of Zee TV.
He was promoted to
Network Operating Officer
in 2005 and was made
responsible for the
Programming, Operations,
Administration and HR
functions of all of ZEE's
entertainment channels.
He assumed his current
role in July 2008.
Mr Punit Goenka
Managing Director & CEO
Zee Entertainment Enterprises
CEO Track
Key takeaways
Core essence
Zee has maintained high profitability despite significant leakages in analog
distribution; surplus from improved subscription revenues post digitization would
be utilized for investments as well as for higher payouts to shareholders.
Industry insights
Digitization will improve the revenue share of broadcasters, drive higher ARPU
for DTH operators, and increase declarations for MSOs.
Television remains the largest media sector in India, accounting for 45% of the
industry, and has been growing at 13% CAGR.
Top-5 Hindi GECs account for more than 95% of revenue.
The broadcasting industry has single-digit EBITDA margin at the aggregate level as
compared to 28% for Zee.
Company vision and strategy
Zee is investing in new channels and products; has announced the launch of
Bengali movie channel within the next two months. Other key investments include
Arabic GEC (Zee Alwan), online ventures (Ditto TV and India.com), and a pipeline
of niche channels for the Indian market.
Zee has expanded the original programming hours by introducing weekend slots
through programs like 'Fear Files' and 'Ramayan'.
Zee's original reality formats like 'Saregamapa' and 'Dance India Dance' continue
to generate better ratings v/s competitors' high cost celebrity shows.
Profitability remains a key focus area; all the GECs in Zee's portfolio (excluding
Tamil) remain profitable on a standalone basis.
Key triggers/milestones/challenges
Covering Analyst(s):
Shobhit Khare
+91 22 3982 5428
Shobhit.Khare@MotilalOswal.com
Digitization to improve economics across the value chain.
Further delay in mandatory digitization remains an overhang.
Ad revenue environment remains challenging.
Expect near-term pressure on core margins due to increased investments in
content.
Sports loss to reduce from FY12 levels but breakeven unlikely in FY13/FY14.
September 2012
13

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
ACC
Mr S Gopalakrishnan
Executive Co-Chairman
Infosys
Mr Kuldip K Kaura
is CEO
and Managing Director of
ACC.
He has rich experience and
a deep appreciation of the
national and international
business environment. He
has had the benefit of
management education
from reputed institutions
like London Business
School and Swedish
Institute of Management.
He did his BE (Honors) in
Mechanical Engineering
from Birla Institute of
Technology & Science,
Pilani in 1968.
Mr Kaura worked with
Vedanta Resources Plc for
seven years, initially as
the Managing Director of
Hindustan Zinc and
thereafter as Chief
Executive Officer of
Vedanta Resources until
2008 and played a
significant role in the
transformation and rapid
growth of its group
companies. Prior to this,
he had an 18-year stint
with ABB India, an
engineering company.
During this period, he grew
through various key
positions and was
Managing Director from
1998 to 2001.
Mr Kuldip K Kaura
CEO & Managing Director
ACC
CEO Track
Key takeaways
Core essence
Demand outlook for the cement sector remains positive with 8-9% CAGR on ~7%
GDP growth over next 10 years. ACC is focusing on maintaining its 11% market
share, and attaining cost leadership in high cost (capex & opex) environment.
Industry insights
Industry volumes to grow 8-9% CAGR to 470mt by 2020, driven by strong housing
growth and improvement in infrastructure spend. It expects per capita
consumption to increase from current 185kg, as against 1,390kg in China.
Industry utilization to improve from ~76% now to 80% by CY15 and 84% by CY16.
There has been significant increase in both capital cost and operating cost over
last few years, along with significant increase in gestation period to set-up new
capacity. It expects Greenfield capacity to take ~5 years and cost about ~INR7,500/
ton (~USD140/ton) excluding captive power.
Company vision and strategy
It aims to maintain its market share at ~11%, effectively resulting in 55mt
despatches by 2020.
It is aiming for attaining cost leadership by improving critical operating parameters
from the industry average to industry leading parameters. It is focusing on a)
improving blending, b) improving energy efficiencies, c) increasing CPP PLF and
d) improving logistics efficiencies.
It doesn't expect any royalty, as ACC pays for services availed from Holcim and
unlike other countries ACC does not use Holcim brand.
Key triggers/milestones/challenges
Of 4 coal blocks in MP in JV with the state government, work on one block is
progressing well with expected commissioning in 2 years time. The said coal block
has ~30mt of mineable reserves. None of its coal blocks are implicated by CAG.
Given increase in capex cost, the industry would require higher profitability to
earn reasonable RoCE. Hence, it expects limited downside to current pricing.
It is focusing on increasing use of alternate fuel to mitigate impact of shrinking
linkage coal. It expects to replace 15-20% of coal by alternate fuels.
It is setting-up a brownfield capacity of 5mt at Jamul, including split grinding units
at Sindri and West Bengal, and is expected to be operational by 1QCY15. Upon
commissioning, it would gradually phase out old plant of ~1.5mt capacity at Jamul.
14
Covering Analyst(s):
Jinesh K Gandhi
+91 22 3982 5416
Jinesh@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Vision Of The Indian Financial Sector
Mr Deepak Parekh
is the
Chairman of HDFC, India's
premier housing finance
company. Mr Parekh's
business acumen and
farsightedness has not
only made HDFC the leader
in Mortgages, but has also
transformed it into India's
leading financial services
conglomerate, with
presence in Banking, Asset
Management, Insurance,
Real Estate Venture Fund
and Education Loans.
Besides HDFC Group
companies, Mr Parekh is on
the board of several
leading companies across
diverse sectors. He is often
dubbed as the
government's unofficial
crisis consultant. Be it his
role as Special Director on
the Satyam Board in 2009 to
revive the company or the
crucial role played by him
during the UTI mess in the
late '90s, He has shared
his ideas to formulate
reform policies across
sectors. He is an active
member of various high-
powered Economic Groups,
government-appointed
Committees and Task
Forces.
Mr Deepak Parekh
Chairman
HDFC
"Vision Of The Indian Financial Sector"
Thematic
Presentation
Key observations on the Indian Financial Sector
Covering Analyst(s):
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
Banking business world over runs on two principles i.e. "Trust" and "Confidence",
and in India, the business model that can survive in long term is "Basic banking",
which can also be called "Boring Banking"!
India's financial sector remains fairly isolated from global chaos due to less
complicated and sophisticated structures. Some comfort must be drawn from
higher capitalization of banks and lower relapse from restructured loans. However,
one worrying factor is increasing concentration risk in the banking system. 20% of
the incremental banking credit in FY12 has gone to top 10 groups.
In the recent period, India has got too pre-occupied with slowing GDP growth,
policy paralysis, inability of government to push reforms, and investor confidence
being shaken up due to GAAR and tax uncertainties. However, in the process,
some of the key fundamentals needs to be considered, viz, young population,
growing middle class, better job opportunities, rising disposable income and high
household savings rate of 23% of GDP.
There remains a big opportunity in terms of mortgages, autos, consumer credit,
etc. Banks, NBFCs, MFIs, etc with strong retail customer relationships are likely to
be the biggest beneficiaries in the longer term. Retail penetration remains low at
8% of GDP v/s 19% in China, 25% in Japan, 60% in Singapore and 65% in Malaysia.
Lack of enabling environment in terms of policy measures has hindered a number
of existing projects particularly large infra projects and the pipeline of new
proposals has dried up.
Other risks for financial services are - (a) Negative perception of regulators on
NBFCs, (b) Moderation in deposits growth, (c) Frequent regulatory changes, (d)
Increasing share of physical rather than financial savings, and (e) Lack of developed
debt markets.
Take on Insurance industry:
(a) Too fragmented; expect mergers to take place
ahead, and (b) FDI caps needs to be increased in several sectors.
Take on mutual funds:
De-growth will reverse; recent SEBI actions will have positive
results.
4 key parameters which will differentiate players in financial services are: (a)
Customer centricity, (b) Level of transparency, (c) Ability to cross-sell, and (d)
Leveraging on technology.
Umang Shah
+91 22 3982 5521
Umang.Shah@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
15

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Financial Health Of India Inc
Ms Roopa Kudva
is the
Region Head, South Asia of
Standard & Poor's, a global
analytical company
providing ratings, research,
and risk and policy
advisory services. She is
also the MD and CEO of
CRISIL, S&P's Indian
subsidiary. During her
tenure as CEO, CRISIL's
profits have more than
doubled, its customer-base
has grown from 1,000 to
30,000, and its reach has
expanded from 9 Indian
cities to 150, while its
international operations
now cover 30 countries.
Ms Kudva holds a Degree
in Statistics, and a Post
Graduate Diploma in
Management from the
Indian Institute of
Management, Ahmedabad.
She joined CRISIL in 1992,
and has more than two
decades of credit-related
experience across sectors,
including a secondment to
Standard & Poor's, Paris, as
Director, Financial
Institutions Ratings. She
assumed her current role
in 2007.
Ms Kudva regularly
features in lists of the
most powerful women in
Indian business.
Ms Roopa Kudva
Region Head, South Asia
Standard & Poor's
"Financial Health Of India Inc"
Thematic
Presentation
Key takeaways
Core essence
Global and domestic economic weakness, policy paralysis, higher inflation and
interest will lead to lower GDP growth of 5.5% in FY13.
Other macroeconomic indicators are also likely to be worrisome like Inflation of
8%, 10-year interest rates of 8.0-8.2%, and fiscal deficit of 6.2%.
On back of expected improvement in current account deficit (due to cooling
commodity prices and improved/expected improvement in foreign flows) INR is
expected to be INR53 by March 2013.
Other insights
Covering Analyst(s):
Dipankar Mitra
+91 22 3982 5405
Dipankar.Mitra@MotilalOswal.com
Uncertainty over macroeconomic environment is likely to keep banking asset
quality under stress. GNPA is expected to rise to 3.2-3.5% (worst case 3.9%) v/s
2.9% in FY12. Even restructured loans are likely to increase to INR3t (earlier
estimate of INR2.1t).
At the banking industry level, ROA is expected to decline to below 1% in FY13, the
first time in the last 5 years. NIMs are likely to remain healthy at ~3%, PSBs are
expected to lose market share to private sector banks.
While stress is likely to increase, healthy capitalization remains a comfort factor.
However, PSBs are expected to require INR2t by FY2018 to meet Basel III
requirement.
Based on current monsoon trends, agriculture growth is expected to be flat.
Services are expected to grow 7.6% and industry at 3.6%. In the medium term GDP
growth is expected to be 7.5% (with the assumption of favorable domestic factors
and unfavorable global factors), worst case 6.5% (both unfavorable domestic and
global) and best case of 8.5% (both global and domestic factors favorable).
High interest rates led to fall in private consumption and lower investment cycle.
Rating action ratio (RAR i.e. ratio of Crisil's rating upgrades to downgrades) has
come down from the peak of 1.11x in 3Q2011 to 0.97x now and it is expected to
come down further. RAR below 1x is an indicator of weakening health of Indian
corporate sector.
Reason for downgrades are (a) 56% on account of stretched liquidity leading to
elongated working capital or capex, and/or inability to refinance, (b) 23% on
account of weakening profitability, cost and demand pressures, and (c) rest on
account of various economic and policy issues.
Top 10 stress sectors include Power, Iron & steel, Engineering, Cotton textiles,
Vehicles & allied segments, Constructions, Gems and Jewelry, Cement and Mining.
16
September 2012

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Power Of Nutrition
Ms Pooja Makhija
is one of
India's leading experts on
nutrition and has
counseled over 15,000
clients. She runs her own
wellbeing clinic, Nourish,
in Mumbai. She teaches
her clients how to eat right,
keep fit and maintain high
energy levels, enabling
them to deal with the
rigors of life. She believes
that understanding the
importance of food can
bring about huge,
transformational changes
in people's lives. She is
known for her no-nonsense
diet plans.
Her prescription for healthy
weight loss is: Eat within
the first hour of rising. Eat
four main meals a day and
a small snack every two
hours in between. Exercise
after a small light snack.
Eat main meals after the
workout. Hydrate yourself
well - one glass of water
every hour. Restrict daily oil
consumption to 3-4
tablespoons a day. Avoid
refined sugar in beverages.
Stay away from artificial
sweetener, too. Say no
fruits juices, smoothies or
milkshakes. Eat the fruits
instead. Healthy eating is
a lifestyle, not a "diet".
Imbibe it.
Ms Pooja Makhija
Nutritionist
"Power Of Nutrition: Bring
Transformational Changes In Life"
Thematic
Presentation
Key takeaways
Listen to your body:
We need to listen to our body as it continuously communicates
to us.
Inadequate food causes ailments:
Many common ailments like nausea, acidity,
fatigue, irritability, etc are caused by lower food intake. It also results in subsequent
craving.
Excess eating leads to fat deposits:
Any form of excess food whether carbohydrate,
protein or fat all get deposited as fat.
Food is the fuel:
While we have food for every other reason making it a social
event or an emotional outlet, we need to think food as basic fuel.
Two aspects - frequency and quality:
Frequent meal intake makes it possible for
fat to be burnt regularly while lack of food makes it draw the energy from muscle
without burning fat. However, one needs to be selective about the food that one
has too.
Food is your friend:
Food is your friend, but then you have close friends, good
friends and acquaintances. Bread, poha, dal, rice are like meeting close friends;
you should have them regularly. Then you have cheese, cake, chocolates, etc,
that you have sometimes (like you meet good friends occasionally). In the last
group, acquaintances, you have meat, aerated water, etc that you would have
only once in a while.
Many myths around food:
Many myths about food abound: (i) You shouldn't have
carbs after sunset, (ii) Diabetics can't have rice (they can, but only in the right
quantity), (iii) Low fat is low calorie or anything "diet" is better, (iv) If you exercise
you can eat whatever, (v) One spoon of sugar in tea does not cause harm, and (vi)
You cannot mix carbs e.g. have rice and wheat together.
Two hour gap between meal and sleep:
A gap of around 1 hour 45 minutes is
prescribed between meal and sleep, while a gap of 45 minutes is prescribed
between snacks and bed.
Exercise:
One should exercise regularly, and think of the same as one's own
personal time.
Covering Analyst(s):
Dipankar Mitra
+91 22 3982 5405
Dipankar.Mitra@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
17

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
United Colors Of Indian Politics
Mr Prabhu Chawla
is
Editorial Director of The
New Indian Express Group
and hosts 'Teekhi Baat', a
talk show on IBN7. He is
one of the most
authoritative and credible
voices in print as well as
the electronic media in
India. In his 40 years as
Reporter and Editor, he has
extensively covered events
that have changed India's
political course and the
people who engineered
them.
Mr Chawla began his
career as an Economics
Lecturer at Delhi University
before going on to become
one of India's best-known
journalists.
Among the recent awards
and accolades he has
received are: the Indian
Television Academy Award
for Best News and Current
Affairs Anchor for 2009 for
'Seedhi Baat', the Indian
Television Academy Award
for Best Talk Show Host for
2008, and the Sansui
Television Best TV Anchor
Award for 2008. Mr Chawla
is a Padma Bhushan
recipient.
Mr Prabhu Chawla
Editorial Director
The New Indian Express Group
"United Colors Of Indian Politics"
Thematic
Presentation
Key takeaways
Covering Analyst(s):
Dipankar Mitra
+91 22 3982 5405
Dipankar.Mitra@MotilalOswal.com
Political fragmentation:
At present there are 929 registered political parties, 6
national, 47 state level and 876 others - the last group is coming to the fore. They
often claim share of power disproportionate to their representation. Parties based
on language, caste, religion, philosophies are passé. One implication is that now
every year is an election year. There have been 2,190 poll days since 1987.
Dynasty in democracy:
Only 25 families control 80% of seats in Indian legislatures.
Strong anti-incumbency:
Four out of five incumbent governments gets thrown
out. Nearly 50% of the elected are ousted. Thin mandate warrants people of
extremely divergent ideology to come together if only to share power.
Positive trends:
Three trends that are discernable are highly positive: (i) Indian
economy is globalizing, (ii) Politics is regionalizing, and (iii) Society is localizing.
These are mutually reinforcing phenomena. Despite all its follies, India has
delivered an unmatched growth rate of 6.5% for over a 30-year period.
2014 elections:
Two possible trends: (1) Singles would decide the plurality of
India (e.g. Mayawati, Mamata, Nitish Kumar, Jayalalitha and even Narendra Modi),
and (2) Individuals would determine ideologies and institutions.
Corporate false promises mimics politicians:
One of the key problem facing India
today is that politicians and corporate are speaking the same language in projecting
images and making vacuous promises. For example, telecom players regularly
churn out astronomical figures about mobile penetration, such as 1b people.
However, this is just not possible as there are around 400m toddlers, 200m tribals
where mobile penetration infrastructure is difficult and around 400m who live
under INR35 per day. These are necessarily excluded from mobile penetration.
Scams and accountability:
Corporate sector wants the government to make and
do things for it, while it escapes responsibility. If we look beyond big ticket
corruption headlines, there would perhaps be a smaller scam in each of the toll
road projects where revenue projections were deliberately suppressed only to
make an abnormal profit later on. We are now a stage where people are demanding
accountability.
High growth sectors are scam affected:
It is ironical that post 1990s, growth has
been concentrated precisely in the same sectors that have made the headlines
for biggest scams, e.g. telecom, aviation, real estate, roads and power.
Corporates need to invest bottom up:
It has been proved comprehensively that
trickle-down does not work. Hence, just as investors beyond a point need to avoid
large caps and invest in start-ups and emerging markets, companies need to invest
in emergent political parties.
18
September 2012

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Super 30: Revolutionizing Education
Mr Anand Kumar
is a noted
Mathematics Teacher. In
the last nine years, a
phenomenal 236 students
from his 'Super 30'
initiative have cleared the
Joint Entrance Test of the
Indian Institute of
Technology (IIT). What is
remarkable about this
achievement is that most of
the successful candidates
have been from the most
underprivileged sections of
society.
Mr Kumar has been
fascinated by Mathematics
since early childhood.
Though he got an
opportunity to pursue
higher education in
Cambridge University, his
poor financial health came
in the way. To help other
financially disadvantaged
students, who invariably
fade away without getting
the right opportunities, he
founded 'Super 30'. Under
this initiative, he gives
underprivileged students
free food, free lodging and
above all free coaching.
The Discovery Channel has
described 'Super 30' as a
"revolutionary experiment
to bring about social
change". In recognition of
his achievements, the Bihar
government conferred on
Mr Kumar the 'Maulana
Abdul Kalam Azad Shiksha
Puraskar' in November 2010.
Prof Anand Kumar
Leading Educationist & Social Entrepreneur
"Super 30: Revolutionizing Education
at the Grassroots"
Thematic
Presentation
Key takeaways
Social mobility … delivered:
Mr Anand Kumar is a teacher of mathematics. His
institute at Patna (called Super-30) regularly churns out successful candidates for
the prestigious Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) each year, with a strike rate of
100% in some years. For every batch, he selects about 30 students based on two
rigorous criteria: (1) underprivileged, and (2) meritorious.
263 stories to tell:
Mr Kumar highlighted examples of three students from his 263
success stories who have made it big despite severe deprivation. One such student,
Santosh, the son of a marginal farmer selling produce roadside is a Professor of
Chemistry in Europe today. Another student, Anup who lost his father early, landed
up in his classes with continuous support from his mother and is pursuing final
year in IIT Mumbai now. Another student, Anupam, whose father is an autorickshaw
driver, is now a lecturer in France. Many of these students during early years
faced pressures to join Naxalite groups but all dearly wanted to study and move
forward.
His own story:
Mr Kumar was fascinated by mathematics from early childhood and
during graduation he formed a Mathematics Club, 'Ramanujam School of
Mathematics'. Anand contributed several problems and papers on Mathematics
to various journals, magazines and newspapers - three of them published abroad.
Subsequently he was encouraged by his teacher to apply for higher education in
Cambridge University - but he only got a part scholarship with a waiver of tuition
fee alone. His father who always encouraged him to study was a sorter in Railway
Mail Service and was in no position to finance his education abroad. In any case,
his father's sudden demise ended all dreams of going to Cambridge. His own
poverty made him feel intensely for the poor students whom he started coaching.
He had the option to take up a railway job on his father's death; however, he
opted to continue coaching underprivileged students and started helping his
mother for a living.
Support from family members and others:
He was supported throughout by his
mother who continues to cook food for the kids. He called his brother who was
staying in Mumbai to run his Super 30 coaching classes and after marriage his wife
also joined in. They have a young kid. His school imposes no restrictions on religion,
caste or creed. He does not accept donations and his team organizes the funds by
teaching children of the richer classes.
19
Covering Analyst(s):
Dipankar Mitra
+91 22 3982 5405
Dipankar.Mitra@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Super 30: Revolutionizing Education
Overcoming all odds:
Even while trying to do good to society, Mr Kumar faced
extreme adversity. His outstanding performance robbed the regular coaching
classes that were aplenty in Patna, and degraded themselves to money making
machines, of their patronage and respect. His team members were stabbed badly
by dreaded criminals, following which he was accorded special protection from
the policy and Bihar government. However, this has severely restricted personal
freedom for the family. The second range of problems involved mushrooming of
copycats claiming to be the original Super-30 classes (e.g. Super-100, Gaya Super
30, etc). However, the pleasure of seeing the students succeeding in their own
endeavor outweighed all pains.
Social impact:
The Super 30 has started making a difference to the society at large.
Inspired by the successes of his students, many villages have seen transformative
changes amongst children for whom Mr Kumar's students are now role models.
Some of his students have also gone during vacation time to teach their own
village students.
For the record:
In the last ten years, 263 students out of 300 have been accepted
into various IITs in the country. When Super 30 started its journey in 2003, 18 out of
30 students qualified for the IIT. The very next year, the number jumped to 22. In
2005, it improved further to 26. Continuing the trend, 28 students made it in 2006
and 2007. However, the 'magic moment' came in 2008, when the result was an
astonishing 30 out of 30. Super 30 had hit the bull's eye. It was 'a dream come true'
for Anand and his team. Super 30 did an encore in 2009 and again in 2010. It has
been 30 out of 30 for the third year in succession. However In 2011, 24 out of 30
candidates were able to make into IIT's. The figure for 2012 stands at 27.
(Source: Wikipedia)
September 2012
20

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Making India A World Champion
Ms Mary Kom
is a five-time
World Boxing champion, and
the only woman boxer to
have won a medal in each
one of the six world
championships. She is the
only Indian woman boxer to
have qualified for the 2012
Summer
Olympics,
competing in the flyweight
(51 kg) category and winning
the bronze medal. She is
number-4 on the AIBA World
Women's Ranking - flyweight
category. She has more than
three Asian titles and
eleven National titles under
her belt.
Ms Kom initially tried to hide
her interest in boxing from
her family, since it was not
considered a suitable sport
for a woman. However, after
her victory in the Manipur
state
women's
boxing
championship in 2000, her
career became public. After
winning
the
regional
championship
in
West
Bengal,
she
began
competing
at
the
international level at the
age of 18, only a year after
she started boxing. Her
international debut was at
the first AIBA Women's
World Boxing Championship
in the United States, where
she won a silver medal in
the 48 kg weight category.
She is a recipient of the
Arjuna Award, the Padma
Shri Award, and the Rajiv
Gandhi Khel Ratna Award.
Ms Mary Kom
World & Olympic Boxing Supermom
"Making India A World Champion –
Lessons from my journey"
Thematic
Presentation
Key takeaways
During childhood:
Liked any types of sports, especially martial arts - used to perform
stunts of Jackie Chan and Bruce Lee on her own. She always used to come first in
sports.
Move to Imphal:
Relatives and villagers prompted her to go to Imphal for better
sports facilities. Finally she went but at the end took up boxing.
Concern
of and consent from family:
She didn't inform about her taking up boxing
at home as she knew they won't permit her. However, when she represented the
State and won the gold, parents came to know of it anyway through newspaper
photographs. Her father was both furious (about Mary secretly taking up boxing)
and also concerned (about lack of money for treatment in case of injuries to her).
Mary had to convince him that (1) boxing is what she wanted to do, and (2) amateur
boxing (unlike its professional counterpart) has extra protection to prevent serious
injury. Finally, her father relented on the condition that she plays to win medals
(i.e. not merely as a pastime).
Strong resolve:
Since then, there has been no looking back. In her first outing
abroad in Thailand, all her belongings including passport got stolen. While she
was asked to come back by her father, her uncle who was a magistrate, persuaded
her to stay back and arranged to send everything once again. After a lot of agony
and prayers she opted to stay put. In her first bout she lost but didn't give up. Two
months later in the World Championship she was the only silver medal recipient
among 8-9 member contingent from India. She went on win the gold in five
consecutive World Championships.
Marriage and family did not alter things:
After marriage near and dear ones were
anxious of her continuing with boxing. But she proved herself by winning World
Championship twice again. However, after kids, even her father discouraged her,
worried of her ability to pursue boxing especially given her Caesarian delivery.
However, she put her foot down and went on her way to box again to win World
Championship twice more.
Covering Analyst(s):
Dipankar Mitra
+91 22 3982 5405
Dipankar.Mitra@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
21

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Making India A World Champion
Olympics changed everything once again:
For Olympics, she had to fight in the
higher (51 kg) category for which a lot of controversy erupted. In the end, she got
the selection. People said various things and while she was not indifferent to it,
she always wanted to prove herself in the ring. Finally, support for her Olympics
preparation poured in. The Ministry granted foreign coach for training facility at
Pune, Boxing Federation supported her and many corporations too came in as
sponsors. People from all religions prayed. She got best wishes from important
personalities (Mr Amitabh Bacchhan and family, Sonia Gandhi and family, among
others). And finally, she considered herself lucky to receive support from her
husband too.
Aiming for gold in Rio … and the next Mary Kom:
While she won a medal in London
Olympics she was hugely disappointed at her defeat in semi-finals. However, she
would go whole hog for the gold in Rio. Meanwhile, Mary has set up a boxing
academy where she hopes to produce the next Mary Kom.
Quotes:
"Boxing is a very dangerous sport - win or lose you get punched".
"For all the small things that people said and did I had only one answer - come
to the ring."
"Three things that I had - hard work, will power and discipline."
"In the ring two people can't win but after fight they should be friends."
September 2012
22

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Re-shaping Entertainment
Ms Ekta Kapoor
is a
Television and Film
Producer. She is the Joint
Managing Director and
Creative Director of Balaji
Telefilms. She has
produced several TV
serials, the most popular
of which include Hum
Paanch, Kyunki Saas Bhi
Kabhi Bahu Thi, Kahaani
Ghar Ghar Kii, Kasautii
Zindagii Kay, Kkusum,
Pavitra Rishta, and Bade
Achhe Lagte Hain, to name
but a few.
Ms Kapoor branched out
into Bollywood movie
production in 2001,
beginning with Kyo Kii
Main Jhuth Nahin Bolta.
Kyaa Kool Hai Hum, starring
her brother Mr Tusshar
Kapoor proved to be her
breakout hit and became
one of the highest earners
of 2005. The years 2010 and
2011 proved to be
important for her, with
critical and commercial
successes such as Love Sex
Aur Dhokha, Once Upon a
Time in Mumbaai, Shor in
the City, Ragini MMS and
The Dirty Picture.
Among the awards Ms
Kapoor received in 2012
are: Indian Telly Awards'
Special Award for Best
Breakout in Films, Screen
Awards' Best Performer of
the Year, and Dadasaheb
Phalke Academy Awards'
Phalke Icon Film &
Television Producer.
Ms Ekta Kapoor
Soap Queen & Top Bollywood Producer
"Re-shaping Entertainment –
Whether small screen or big!"
Thematic
Presentation
Key takeaways
Biggest learning from her TV success with soaps
Balaji Telefilms merely worked as an outsourced production arm of the
broadcasters.
In hindsight, Balaji should have retained at least some claim on the content IPR
(intellectual property right), so that the same could have been monetized in
several ways e.g. dubbing in Indian languages other than Hindi, and also in some
foreign languages.
However, Ms Kapoor has no deep regrets. This very realization of importance of
IPRs is what led her to turn to Bollywood movies through subsidiary company,
Balaji Motion Pictures Ltd.
Digitization: A game-changer for the TV value chain
As is commonly known and understood, mandatory digitization of TV signals will
significantly increase the subscription revenue of broadcasters as LCOs (local cable
operators) can no longer understate the subscriber numbers.
What is not so easily understood is that digitization holds the potential to
strengthen the bargaining power of the stronger production houses vis-à-vis the
broadcaster. In the digitization era, TV viewers can choose to pay for only that
content which they like. Thus, digitization will effectively be able to capture
viewers' content preferences. Producers of such "preferred content" can then
rightfully demand at least joint IPR of the same, and also claim a fair share of the
broadcaster's subscription revenue.
Movies need to create value for the production house
The latest buzz in Bollywood is the INR1b club i.e. movies which gross INR1b in
the box office.
Ms Kapoor said that at the end of the day, a movie has to add value to the production
house, which is also a company answerable to its shareholders. This means that
there is a sense of balance and rationale in the production budget, be it payments
to cast and crew, or even the promotion spend.
She said that she would not mindlessly chase "membership of the INR1b club".
Rather than spend INR800m on a movie just to garner INR1b and qualify for such
membership, she would rather spend INR100m but ensure that the earnings are
INR500m. This is a more successful model from a company and its stakeholders'
perspective.
23
Covering Analyst(s):
Dipankar Mitra
+91 22 3982 5405
Dipankar.Mitra@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Company Connect
Sector, Company
Page
Automobiles
Ashok Leyland .............................. 25
Bajaj Auto ...................................... 26
Fort Point Automotive ................. 27
Hero MotorCorp ............................ 28
Mahindra & Mahindra ................ 29
Maruti Suzuki ............................... 30
Tata Motors ................................... 31
Unitech Automobile ................... 32
Capital Goods
Larsen & Toubro ........................... 33
Voltas ............................................. 34
Cement
ACC .................................................. 35
Ambuja Cements .......................... 36
Grasim/UltraTech ........................ 37
Jaiprakash Associates ............... 38
Consumer
Emami ............................................ 39
Godrej Consumer Products ........ 40
Hindustan Unilever .................... 41
ITC ................................................... 42
Marico ............................................ 43
Pidilite Industries ....................... 44
Radico Khaitan ............................. 45
Financials
Axis Bank ....................................... 46
Bajaj Finance ................................ 47
Bajaj FinSer ................................... 48
Dewan Housing Finance ............ 49
HDFC ............................................... 50
HDFC Bank ..................................... 51
ICICI Bank ...................................... 52
IDFC ................................................ 53
Indusind Bank .............................. 54
ING Vysya Bank ............................ 55
Kotak Mahindra Bank ................. 56
LIC Housing Finance ................... 57
Mahindra Finance ....................... 58
Manappuram Finance ................ 59
Muthoot Finance ......................... 60
Rural Electric Corporation .......... 61
Shriram Transport Finance ........ 62
State Bank of India ..................... 63
Union Bank of India ................... 64
Yes Bank ........................................ 65
Healthcare
GlaxoSmithKline Pharma ........... 66
Glenmark Pharma ........................ 67
Sector, Company
Page
IPCA Laboratories ........................ 68
Lupin .............................................. 69
Sun Pharmaceuticals .................. 70
Media
DB Corp .......................................... 71
Dish TV .......................................... 72
HT Media ....................................... 73
Zee Entertainment ...................... 74
Metals
Hindalco Industries .................... 75
Jindal Steel & Power ................... 76
JSW Steel ....................................... 77
Tata Steel ...................................... 78
Oil & Gas
BPCL ................................................ 79
Cairn India .................................... 80
GAIL India ..................................... 81
Oil India ........................................ 82
ONGC .............................................. 83
Reliance Industries .................... 84
Real Estate
DLF .................................................. 85
Retail
Shoppers Stop .............................. 86
Titan Industries ........................... 87
Technology
Info Edge (India) ......................... 88
Infosys ........................................... 89
MCX ................................................. 90
Tata Consultancy Services .......... 91
Wipro ............................................. 92
Telecom
Bharti Airtel .................................. 93
Idea Cellular ................................ 94
Reliance Communications ........ 95
Utilities
CESC ................................................ 96
JSW Energy .................................... 97
NTPC ................................................ 98
Power Grid Corpn of India ......... 99
Reliance Infrastructure ............ 100
Others
Container Corpn of India ......... 101
Raymond ..................................... 102
Simplex Infrastructure .............. 103
Other companies:
AIA Engg, Au Financiers, Bajaj Electricals, Havells India, ICRA,
McLeod Russel, Motherson Sumi. |
Note:
All stock prices as on 28 August 2012
September 2012
24

Sector:
Automobiles
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Ashok Leyland
Bloomberg
AL IN
Rating
Not Rated
CMP (INR)
21
Mcap (USD b)
1.0
52-Wk Range (INR)
33/20
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
-7/-25/-27
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
111,771
128,420
142,231
162,996
6,313
5,660
5,697
7,292
EPS
(INR)
2.4
2.1
2.1
2.7
EPS
Gr. (%)
49.0
-10.3
0.7
28.0
P/E
(x)
-
10.4
10.3
8.1
P/BV
(x)
-
1.4
1.3
1.2
ROE
(%)
15.9
13.4
12.7
15.1
EV/
Sales
-
0.7
0.6
0.5
EV/
EBITDA
-
6.9
6.6
5.5
Company Represented By:
Mr K Sridharan, CFO
Key Takeaways
Guidance of flat FY13 volume growth for MHCV
Ashok Leyland (AL) management highlighted that truck rentals and number of
trips have declined 8-10% and 10-15% respectively. Transporters have been
reluctant to expand their fleet due to weak economic outlook.
However, the management indicated there has been no major constraint on
financing environment with Net NPA levels of NBFCs being less than 1%.
While CV demand is down 13% YTDFY13 (April - July), it is expected to improve
from 2H with expected reduction in interest rates and macroeconomic
improvement. Hence, it expects FY13 MHCV volumes to remain flat.
Growth in buses and LCVs remain healthy
Management indicated that demand for buses remains healthy with the
segment growing 42% in 1QFY13. Within buses, growth has been largely driven
by the private segment (17% YoY in 1QFY13) whereas STUs (state transport
undertakings) are near flat (2% YoY in 1QFY13).
Demand for Dost continues to be healthy with annual guidance maintained at
32k (7.3k in 1QFY13). Dost has been launched in 7 states, and it has garnered
20% nationwide market share in its segment.
South market revival & growth in buses to drive 10% rise in AL volumes
Led by improvement in South market, AL has recovered its lost market share
to ~26% in 1QFY13. With flat industry volumes and continuance of 1QFY13
market share together with healthy growth in buses (~30% of AL's volumes),
AL expects to grow its domestic MHCV volumes by 10%.
AL expects to export ~13k in FY13 (flat YoY). While Sri Lanka and Bangladesh
markets are sluggish, growth in Middle East and entry into new markets would
sustain volumes. AL targets to increase its export share to 15% over 2-3 years
(currently at ~13.5%).
FY13 margin guidance maintained at 10% levels, 11-11.5% excluding Dost
Commodity price pressures are lower; also, AL expects to take suitable pricing
actions to offset any margin hit. However, with demand skewed in favor of
large operators, bargaining power of OEMs/dealers will be tested.
With higher volumes and increased contribution from Pantnagar partially offset
by trading activity of Dost, AL targets 10% margins for FY13.
Other highlights
AL targets working capital reduction of INR7.5b in the next couple of quarters
(INR26b working capital in 1QFY13).
In FY12, captive financing arm Hinduja Leyland Finance financed ~4,500 AL
vehicles. It targets to finance ~10% of AL's domestic volumes in FY13.
Covering Analyst(s):
Jinesh K Gandhi
+91 22 3982 5416
Jinesh@MotilalOswal.com
Chirag Jain
+91 22 3982 5418
Chirag.Jain@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
25

Sector:
Automobiles
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Bajaj Auto
Bloomberg
BJAUT IN
Rating
Buy
CMP (INR)
1,694
Mcap (USD b)
8.8
52-Wk Range (INR) 1,839/1,410
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
2/-4/1
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
163,981
195,290
200,275
232,813
26,150
31,069
29,853
37,645
EPS
(INR)
90.4
107.4
103.2
130.1
EPS
Gr. (%)
43.9
18.8
-3.9
26.1
P/E
(X)
-
15.5
16.1
12.8
P/CE
(X)
-
14.8
15.4
12.3
P/BV
(X)
-
8.0
6.6
5.2
EV/
EBITDA
-
11.2
11.0
8.3
RoE
(%)
66.7
56.7
44.6
45.4
RoCE
(%)
76.0
73.0
61.8
62.6
Company Represented By:
Mr Kevin P Dsa,
President - Finance
Key Takeaways
Bajaj Auto (BJAUT) expects industry growth to remain muted at 5-6% in FY13. With
stabilization in export markets and favorable currency hedges, margins are
expected to remain at 19-20% levels in FY13 with Fx led improvement of at least
100bp in FY14.
Near-term domestic volumes to remain muted; new launches to watch out for
Considering weak consumer sentiment, BJAUT expects motorcycle industry
volume growth to remain flat in 2Q and 5-6% for FY13. Channel inventory has
increased to 30-35 days.
With the recent launch of Discover 125ST and upcoming launch of a new
commuter motorcycle (Discover brand) in Nov 2012, BJAUT expect to increase
its market share in the largest segment (executive motorcycles) from 21%
currently to 25% by Mar-13. The initial response to Pulsar 200NS has been very
positive, and is expected to further strengthen its dominance in premium
segment (currently ~47% share).
Sri Lanka market stabilizing post price cut to dilute impact of duty hike
Post the sharp hike in import duties in Sri Lanka, BJAUT has cut its product
prices (shared by distributor as well) to bring the retail prices at near pre-hike
levels. With this, 3W export volumes are expected to normalize at 7,000 in
Aug-12. However, 2W export volumes are expected to normalize by Nov-12,
as channel inventory remains high.
The price cut in Sri Lanka would not impact the blended EBITDA margin by
more than 10-20bp.
Expects domestic and export market to grow 12-15% over the long term
Rise in incomes and lack of public transportation system should drive ~12%
CAGR in domestic motorcycle volumes over the next 5-7 years.
Export markets should also grow by 12-15% over 2-3 years largely driven by
Africa. Successful entry into new markets like Brazil, SE Asia, and Vietnam
could provide further upside.
Favorable forex hedges, higher volumes, better mix to support FY14 margins
With recent launches in motorcycle segment and higher share of 3W exports,
product mix, and margins are expected to improve from 1Q level of 17.9%
(FY13 guidance of 19-20%).
BJAUT has started hedging its FY14 exports at INR/USD 55+ levels (compared to
~50 in FY13). FY14 margins could improve at least by 100bp, if benefit of
favorable Fx is retained (depending on demand).
Covering Analyst(s):
Jinesh K Gandhi
+91 22 3982 5416
Jinesh@MotilalOswal.com
Chirag Jain
+91 22 3982 5418
Chirag.Jain@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
26

Sector:
Automobiles
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Fort Point Automotive
Company Represented By:
Mr Sundeep Bafna, MD
Key Takeaways
On two-wheeler dealership (Hero MotoCorp):
Inquiries improving with the start
of festive season; inventory increased but at comfortable levels
With the start of festive season, management highlighted that customer
inquiries/bookings have started to improve. Fort Point expects demand to
remain strong over the Sep-Nov festive season.
Inventory has increased from earlier 7-15 days to 30-35 days but remains at
comfortable levels (in-line with industry norms).
It expects Hero MotoCorp's dominance to continue, as it offers best package
to consumer in terms of lowest lifecycle cost. It indicated that maintenance
cost for Hero's products is 40% lower than for the next best player.
While it does not expect technology access to be a problem (Hero can buy
technology), launch of 2-3 successful self-developed products would be
important for the company to maintain its high market share.
On passenger vehicle dealership (Maruti Suzuki)
It indicated that Maruti Suzuki understands 'Indian consumer psyche' very
well resulting in launching appropriate products which deliver high value to
the typical Indian car buyer.
On commercial vehicle dealership (Eicher Motors)
While product designs are largely same, there has been a marked
improvement in quality post Volvo's partnership. For example, clutch plate
replacement cycle has improved to 40,000km v/s 20,000 earlier.
The higher quality is very well appreciated by customers, reflecting in repeat
orders even for heavy vehicles. "We used to sell Eicher trucks earlier; now
they sell on their own."
Eicher has been focusing on improving availability of spares and expanding
service network (two critical factors to succeed in CV industry). Spare parts
availability has improved considerably after a new warehouse for the same
has become operational. Also, Eicher is planning to have service touch points
every 25km on key routes.
Background
Fort Point Auto was founded by Mr Sundeep Kumar Bafna in 1993 with a
dealership of Hero Honda (now Hero MotoCorp). Currently, Fort Point represents
Hero MotoCorp for 2-wheelers, Maruti Suzuki for cars, and Eicher Motors for
commercial vehicles.
Covering Analyst(s):
Jinesh K Gandhi
+91 22 3982 5416
Jinesh@MotilalOswal.com
Chirag Jain
+91 22 3982 5418
Chirag.Jain@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
27

Sector:
Automobiles
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Hero MotorCorp
Bloomberg
HMCL IN
Rating
Buy
CMP (INR)
1,913
Mcap (USD b)
6.9
52-Wk Range (INR) 2,279/1,703
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
-9/-2/-13
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
192,450
233,681
238,768
275,293
20,077
23,781
22,573
25,431
EPS
(INR)
100.5
119.1
113.0
127.3
EPS
GR. (%)
-10.0
18.4
-5.1
12.7
P/E
(X)
-
16.1
16.9
15.0
P/CE
(X)
-
14.5
14.9
13.2
P/BV
(X)
-
8.9
7.3
6.0
EV/
EBITDA
-
10.3
10.3
8.5
RoE
(%)
62.5
55.4
42.9
39.7
RoCE
(%)
59.2
52.4
47.0
50.5
Company Represented By:
Mr Ravi Sud, CFO
Key Takeaways
Hero MotoCorp (HMCL) lowered its two-wheeler industry growth outlook to 4-5%
(9-10% earlier) for FY13 on patchy monsoon and weak consumer sentiment. Short-
run margins are expected to remain under pressure with adverse currency
movement and poor product mix. Exports to new markets should start from October
2012; it expects to export 0.3m units in FY14.
Consumer sentiment remains weak, channel inventory levels high
Led by poor monsoon and weak consumer sentiment, two-wheeler industry
demand is expected to remain weak with guidance of 4-5% growth in FY13.
Hero MotoCorp expects to grow in line with the industry.
Volume growth over the past couple of quarters has been largely driven by
channel inventory build-up (with limited room for further increase) as retail
sales have been muted.
However, despite weak demand and high channel inventory, HMCL is not
offering any discount (as it is not beneficial for the brand in the long run).
Weak INR and unfavorable product mix to impact short-run margins
HMCL expects short-run margins to remain under pressure due to (1) weak
INR, and (2) downtrading in demand leading to unfavorable product mix (i.e.
higher share of CD Dawn/Deluxe).
Exports to start in 2Q/3QFY13; targeting to export 0.3m/1m by FY14/17
Exports are expected to start in 2Q/3QFY13 with initial markets being Nigeria,
Uganda, Sri Lanka and Nepal. Majority of the exports would be of entry level
CD Dawn/Deluxe motorcycles.
HMCL expects FY14 exports to be ~0.3m, and maintained FY17 exports guidance
at 1m.
Other highlights
While brand transition has been smooth in urban markets, customers have
been apprehensive in rural markets about the absence of 'Honda' name.
However, HMCL indicated that with product specific ads and customer
education, the issue is manageable.
On competition, HMSI (Honda Motorcycles & Scooters) would be able to ramp
up its reach from 1,500 touch points to 2,500 relatively quickly, but beyond
that it would be progressively difficult as dealer viability would have to be
taken care of. Hero has 5,200 touch points as of June 2012.
From Hero's R&D stable, the first product would be launched in FY14.
4th plant commissioning is delayed by 3 months to Oct-13 due to weak demand
outlook.
Covering Analyst(s):
Jinesh K Gandhi
+91 22 3982 5416
Jinesh@MotilalOswal.com
Chirag Jain
+91 22 3982 5418
Chirag.Jain@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
28

Sector:
Automobiles
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Mahindra & Mahindra
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
MM IN
Buy
771
8.5
875/622
7/10/-2
Year Net Sales S/A PAT * S/A EPS * Cons. Con EPS
End
(INR m) (INR m) (INR) EPS (INR) Gr (%)
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
234,603
318,535
392,391
442,011
25,732
28,888
32,643
36,143
43.0
48.3
54.5
60.4
48.0
51.2
62.0
81.4
18.1
6.6
21.1
31.3
P/E Cons, RoE RoCE EV/
EV/
(X) P/E (X) (%) (%) Sales EBITDA
-
15.7
13.9
12.5
-
14.8
12.2
9.3
25.0
23.0
21.2
19.1
26.8
23.1
23.8
22.4
-
1.4
1.2
1.0
-
11.8
9.9
9.2
* S/A including MVML
Company Represented By:
Mr V.S. Parthasarathy, Group
CIO, Member of the Group
Executive Board
Mr K Chandrasekhar, EVP -
Corporate Finance & IR
Ms Sandhya Sharma,
VP - Corporate Finance & IR
Mr Rajen Kavadia,
Manager - IR
Ms Gaytri Udeshi,
Manager - IR
Key Takeaways
UV performance remains strong; XUV5OO booked for 4-5months
Outlook for the auto division remains healthy with both the key segments,
UVs and pick-ups, performing well. Recent launch of new-look Verito and
upcoming festive season launch of mini-SUV (based on Xylo platform) would
sustain the healthy growth momentum.
The order book for XUV5OO stands at 15-16k units (~4-5months). The company
would increase production from current 4,000 level to 5,000 over the next few
months to meet high demand. XUV5OO has been launched in South Africa and
will soon be launched in Chile and Australia.
Tractor industry to grow 0-2% in FY13; M&M also in the same range
Management maintained its muted growth guidance for FY13 tractor industry
at 0-2% considering (1) weak monsoon (though recovering of late), (2) pressure
on crop prices, and (d) lower infrastructure and construction activity. However,
despite weak demand inventory remains at desirable levels. Over the longer
term, management expects industry CAGR of 7-8%.
Investments of INR3b have been largely incurred for the new tractor plant in
Zahirabad with capacity of 40k units (expandable to 100k units in Phase 2). The
new plant is expected to commence operations in December 2012.
New products to drive 7-8% growth in Ssangyong's CY12 volumes
M&M has guided for Ssangyong volumes of ~121,000 in CY12 translating into a
growth of 7-8%.
It expects recent launches of new Rexton W, Korando C, upcoming launch of
Rodius (post meeting emission norm requirements) and commencement of
CKD exports to India to drive strong 2HCY12 performance.
Other highlights
Around 45% of the tractor demand is towards replacement.
Retail finance remains healthy both for tractor and auto divisions.
Over the longer term, farm implements and attachments offer significant
business opportunity (globally 2-3x the tractor industry). M&M is working
towards capturing this opportunity and also maintaining market share in the
tractor industry (by offering value-added services to farmers).
Valuation and view
The stock trades at 9.3x FY14E consolidated EPS of INR81.4. Maintain
Buy
with
target price of INR973 (FY14 SOTP based).
Covering Analyst(s):
Jinesh K Gandhi
+91 22 3982 5416
Jinesh@MotilalOswal.com
Chirag Jain
+91 22 3982 5418
Chirag.Jain@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
29

Sector:
Automobiles
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Maruti Suzuki
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
MSIL IN
Buy
1,163
6.0
1,428/906
0/-8/-4
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT Cons.EPS EPS Cons.P/E P/CE
(INR m) (INR m) (INR) Gr. (%) (X)
(X)
369,199
355,871
425,898
503,067
23,101
16,351
20,314
28,469
82.4
58.2
68.2
95.6
-9.2
-29.4
17.3
40.1
-
19.9
17.0
12.1
-
12.1
9.0
6.9
P/BV
(X)
-
2.2
1.8
1.6
EV/
EBITDA
-
10.4
7.5
5.0
RoE
(%)
16.5
10.8
10.7
13.3
RoCE
(%)
22.1
13.2
12.6
16.0
* SPIL merger w.e.f 1/Apr/2012
Company Represented By:
Mr Ajay Seth, CFO
Mr Nikhil Vyas,
Sr Manager - Corp Planning
Mr Vivek Kumar, Manager -
Corp. Planning & IR
Ms Chhavi Mehta,
Asst Manager (Finance)
Key Takeaways
Manesar plant to ramp up in 2 months; current production at 500 cars/day
Maruti Suzuki (MSIL) indicated that ramp-up at Manesar plant to 1,700 cars/
day is expected in 2 months. While it lifted lock-out at the plant from 21 August
(after a month) with target of ~150 cars/day with 300 workers, it is now
producing ~500 cars/day.
Operations at Suzuki Powertrain India (SPIL, diesel engine SPV) have been
normal for critical components with capacity constraint, and hence it is building
inventory for future use.
Of 1,500 permanent workers, it has dismissed ~500 workers and recalled ~1,000
workers to work, of which 800 have already reported to work. Of 500 dismissed
workers, ~150 have been arrested while others have been implicated and
police investigations are on. In case of any protest over dismissed workers,
the management is confident of full support of administration.
Conversion of contract workers to permanent to have limited cost inflation
It is planning to gradually regularize contract workers who work directly on
the shop floor. However, it retains flexibility to hire ~20% workers on short-
term contract based on business seasonality, along with contractual workers
in non-production line areas.
While it would start this regularization process at Manesar first, contract
workers at Gurgaon would also be regularized. The temp workers would be
recruited at entry-level technician level, where salary difference is negligible.
However, as they gradually promoted, salary difference would widen.
The management does not expect more than 10-20bp impact on EBITDA
margins due to conversion of temp workers to permanent.
Focus on reducing forex exposure over medium term is the highest priority
Senior management is focused on lowering net forex exposure over the next
3 years to USD0.4b (v/s USD1.7b currently) by reducing imports from USD2.5b
in FY12 to USD1.8b and increasing exports from USD0.8b to USD1.4b. It expects
at least 25-30% savings on localized components.
Industry growth guidance revised downwards to 6-7% for FY13 (earlier 10%)
Petrol vehicles demand remains weak, whereas diesel demand continues to
grow. MSIL has gained market share in petrol cars as it was forced to focus only
on petrol cars due to Manesar issue. Dealer-end inventory remains under
control at ~5 weeks, which is largely of petrol cars.
Discounts on petrol cars have further increased 20-25% YoY.
MSIL has order backlog of ~140k diesel cars (including ~30k of Ertiga), with
waiting of 4-5 months for Dzire and Ertiga, and ~3 months for Swift. MSIL has
not witnessed meaningful cancellations on waiting.
Covering Analyst(s):
Jinesh K Gandhi
+91 22 3982 5416
Jinesh@MotilalOswal.com
Chirag Jain
+91 22 3982 5418
Chirag.Jain@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
30

Sector:
Automobiles
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Tata Motors
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
TTMT IN
Buy
238
11.6
321/138
7/-12/59
Year
End*
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
Sales
(INR M)
Adj. PAT Adj. EPS Normal Cons. Normal
(INR M) (INR) EPS (INR) ^P/E (X) P/E (X)
27.3
37.8
33.5
15.4
22.2
14.7
-
6.3
7.1
-
10.7
16.2
RoE
(%)
47.3
38.4
26.6
24.2
RoCE
(%)
26.5
27.0
27.0
25.6
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
0.5
0.5
0.5
-
3.7
3.6
3.3
1,221,279 90,695
1,656,545 125,568
1,955,985 111,455
3/14E 2,137,149 127,157 38.3
17.2
6.2
13.9
* Consolidated; ^ Normalized for capitalized expenses
Company Represented By:
Mr Vijay Somaiya,
Head Treasury & IR
Ms Namrata Divekar,
AGM Treasury & IR
Key Takeaways
JLR volume guidance maintained at 15-17%; new Range Rover launch in 3Q
Tata Motors maintained JLR volume growth guidance at 15-17% for FY13 with
100-110,000 Evoque and 5-7% growth in non-Evoque portfolio. The latter will
be led by product action in 2HFY13: (a) new Range Rover, (b) AWD Jaguar in
USA, (c) MY13 Freelander 2, and (d) expansion of dealer network in China by
35 to 145 dealers by Mar-13.
Recent capacity addition in Halewood plant (25,000 units) will ease capacity
constraints on Freelander. Wholesale/retail dispatches of new Range Rover
(on all new aluminum platform) is targeted to start in 3Q/4Q.
JLR margins are expected to remain weak in 2Q as the company flushes out its
existing Range Rovers. However, overall FY13 margin outlook is maintained at
15% (ex currency movement) led by better product mix in 2H.
Domestic MHCV outlook muted, but LCV remains strong
Concerns dog MHCV demand consequent to patchy monsoon and weak business
sentiments. With slowing demand, discounts have further increased in July/
August (also due to seasonal phenomena); however, inventory remains at
comfortable levels post the recent production cuts. In best case, Tata Motors
expects M&HCV FY13 volume growth to be flat.
LCV volume growth continues to be healthy, particularly driven by SCVs (small
commercial vehicles). Expect 15-17% volume growth in FY13.
Bharat Benz could be a formidable competitor considering Benz's global
leadership, brand, technology and India plans. Tata Motors is focused on
offering competitive lifecycle cost to counter intensifying competition.
On the PV business, no new platforms are under development (except for
New Safari Storme to be launched during festive season). Current focus would
be to expand distribution reach & network, launch more variants/upgrades of
existing products, aggressively reduce costs, and improve product quality.
While RM cost pressures are now manageable, lower volumes and higher
discounts would continue to put pressure on standalone margins.
Other highlights
Tata Motors has guided for capex of INR3-3.5b (standalone) and GBP2b (JLR
business).
It plans to launch the Ultra range of LCVs in 2HFY13. In the CV business, it has
over 1,200 dealerships with more than 2,500 touch points.
100% tax exemption at Pantnagar is expected to expire in FY14. The plant is
now eligible for only 30% tax exemption over the next 5 years.
Covering Analyst(s):
Jinesh K Gandhi
+91 22 3982 5416
Jinesh@MotilalOswal.com
Chirag Jain
+91 22 3982 5418
Chirag.Jain@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
31

Sector:
Automobiles
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Unitech Automobile
Company Represented By:
Mr G.S. Arora, CMD
Key Takeaways
MHCV truck demand lower YoY; however LCVs continue to grow strongly
Slowing economic activity and weak business sentiments have impacted
freight availability and freight rates over the last few months. Turnaround
time for transporters has increased with lower return load availability on
certain key routes. Consequent to weak economic environment, MHCV truck
demand has declined over the last few months (~10% YoY).
Currently, demand largely comprises replacement demand, as transporters
have been reluctant to expand their fleet considering the bleak outlook.
However, LCV continues to grow at 15% YoY driven by relatively stable
consumption spend and need for last mile connectivity.
Bargaining power of dealers & OEMs impacted as demand skewed in favor of
large operators
Over the last few months, demand has largely come from large fleet operators
(almost 50% now v/s earlier 20% levels). Demand from First Time Buyers (FTBs)
and small operators has shrunk significantly.
Higher proportion of large operators has impacted the bargaining power of
dealers and OEMs, particularly considering the weak economic outlook and
increase in competition amongst CV players. Also, unlike in the past, dealers
are getting more support from OEMs due to rising competitive intensity.
CV demand expected to revive from 3QFY13 with expected reduction in interest
rates and improvement in macro-economic environment
Unitech expects CV demand to improve from 3QFY13 (though September could
witness some strength due to depreciation-related tax benefits) with expected
reduction in interest rates and improvement in economic environment.
Other highlights
Discounts continue to remain at high levels, particularly over the last two
months. This has impacted the margins of both dealers and OEMs.
Financing environment remains healthy though financiers are a bit cautious
in the case of small operators. Interest rates have remained stable over the
last few months with large fleet operators getting loans at 10.5-11% (from
ICICI, HDFC) and small fleet operators at 13-13.5% (from IndusInd Bank, Magma,
Sundaram, Reliance, etc).
On increasing competitive intensity in the CV industry, Unitech highlighted
that Tata Motors has adequate and appropriate technologies/products to
counter competitive threats.
Background
Unitech Automobiles, based out of Mumbai, is the largest dealer for Tata Motors'
CVs with annual sales of over 11,000 vehicles. Its CMD Mr G S Arora has recently
entered the passenger vehicle business as a dealer for Maruti Suzuki. Besides,
Mr Arora also runs a logistics company with over 130 trucks.
Covering Analyst(s):
Jinesh K Gandhi
+91 22 3982 5416
Jinesh@MotilalOswal.com
Chirag Jain
+91 22 3982 5418
Chirag.Jain@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
32

Sector:
Capital Goods
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Larsen & Toubro
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
LT IN
Buy
1,362
15.0
1,720/971
-2/2/-22
Year Order Intake Net Sales PAT*
End
(INR m)
(INR m) (INR m)
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
797,690
705,740
740,674
823,281
439,059
531,705
618,981
701,694
42,416
47,730
52,255
55,953
EPS* EPS P/E*
(INR) Gr. (%)* (X)
69.7
78.0
85.4
91.4
13.0
11.9
9.5
7.1
-
18.5
16.0
14.9
P/BV
(X)
-
3.5
2.9
2.6
RoE
(%)
16.6
17.8
17.2
16.4
RoCE EV/
EV/
(%) Sales EBITDA
13.9
14.1
13.9
13.5
-
1.7
1.4
1.3
-
14.3
12.3
10.9
* Consolidated; EPS is fully diluted
Company Represented By:
Mr Arnob Mondal, VP - IR
Mr M S Seshadri,
Jt GM Head - Finance,
Accounts and Admin
Mr V Gopinath- Head -
Finance, Accounts & Admin.,
Power Transmission
Key Takeaways
Targets INR1t revenues by FY16 v/s INR645b of current levels
Lakshya 2016 targets revenues of INR1t by FY16, from current levels of INR645b.
This will be driven by increased contribution from overseas business (25%
v/s 15% now) and new focus areas (defense INR65b, ship-building INR40b,
deepwater rigs INR35b, etc).
Company sees around USD80b prospects in FY13
L&T sees total prospective ordering of around USD80b in FY13 contributed by
hydrocarbon (17%), infrastructure (62%), buildings and factories (17%), and
water treatment (5%).
High growth sectors include Power, Hydrocarbons and Steel. L&T is well
positioned in these segments.
BTG facility is not cost inefficient; on evaluated basis L&T bid was only 0.3% lower
than L1 in NTPC tender
Management mentioned that L&T's bid in NTPC bulk tender was marginally
higher (by 0.3%) on evaluated life cycle cost basis v/s 5-10% on quoted price.
This effectively means that as per the demonstrated bidding track record,
L&T's BTG facilities are not cost in-effective at least on the basis of life cycle
cost. This significantly improves the project viability going forward, given that
incrementally customs duty has also been levied on imported equipment.
Working capital cycle elongated due to vendor support
Increasing support to vendors in a challenging liquidity environment is
resulting in elongation of working capital cycle.
Management expects working capital to remain at 15% of revenues in FY13,
and this is an important focus area.
Internationalization and capital rationalization would be strategic focus areas
The current phase of slowdown in domestic business is a wake-up call and the
attempt going forward would be on geographical diversification. Hence the
process of internationalization will accelerate now, and the target is to increase
share of international business to 25% by 2016 from 15% currently.
Correcting the capital structure is also an important priority, and is being
targeted through (1) portfolio rationalization (hiving off businesses which
cannot achieve a critical size), (2) value unlocking (target at least 4 listed
companies by 2020), and (3) asset monetization/churn. Standalone RoCE is
targeted to improve from 15% currently to ~20% by FY17.
L&T's increased capital allocation towards subsidiaries has been an area of
discomfort. As at the end of FY12, 37% of LT's standalone capital employed was
towards subsidiaries which has resulted into meaningful dilution of RoE.
Covering
Analyst(s):
Satyam Agarwal
+91 22 3982 5410
AgarwalS@MotilalOswal.com
Deepak Narnolia
+91 22 3029 5126
Deepak.Narnolia@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
33

Sector:
Capital Goods
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Voltas
Bloomberg
VOLT IN
Rating
Not Rated
CMP (INR)
110
Mcap (USD b)
0.7
52-Wk Range (INR)
133/72
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
5/2/-11
Key Takeaways
Environment continues to be challenging
The management expressed that environment remains challenging, both in
domestic and overseas markets, with limited positive changes over the past
few quarters.
Holding back of investments and conscious delays by customers to conserve
cash has resulted in delayed project execution, resulting in marginal fall in
1QFY13 revenues.
Working capital cycle is increasingly coming under pressure due to deteriorating
payment cycle, elongated project schedules, increased number of contracts
having disputes with clients, etc. This has also led to increased capital
employed in MEP business. During 1QFY13, working capital as a percentage of
TTM sales increased significantly to 31% v/s 4% as at the end of FY11.
Sidra project is 77% complete; still bears the risk of cost escalation
Sidra Medical and Research Centre Hospital project in Qatar is almost 77%
complete and the remaining 23% is likely to be completed by end FY13. The
total revised project cost is INR13b (up from initial estimate of INR10b).
Management mentioned that although adequate provision has been made
after considering upward revision in costs and variations in claims being
negotiated, uncertainties still exist given the complexities of the project and
ongoing changes in design.
The company said that a detailed techno-commercial review is scheduled
before end-2QFY13 which will provide clarity on costs likely to be incurred for
project completion, and additional revenue possibilities.
Green shoots in Middle East
The company has started to see some green shoots in the Middle East region
particularly in markets like Saudi Arabia, Abu Dhabi, Muscat and Qatar.
For instance, the main contractor for the Abu Dhabi airport order has been
finalized and the appointment of sub-contractors is likely by October 2012.
Likewise, there has been USD4.6b infusion into ALDAR, the primary real estate
developer in Abu Dhabi.
Few tenders are also in the process of being funded in Qatar for the upcoming
FIFA 2022, and are expected to be released from 2HFY13.
Other takeaways
In the Middle East, about 70% of investment has been planned for the
construction and tourism sector, which constitutes a huge market for Voltas
and other EMP/HVAC players.
Increased thrust on airport modernization and metro rail services will also be
future domestic growth drivers.
Company Represented By:
Mr Utsav Shah,
CFO - Central F&C Services
Mr B N Garudachar - GM -
Corporate Communications
and IR
Covering
Analyst(s):
Satyam Agarwal
+91 22 3982 5410
AgarwalS@MotilalOswal.com
Deepak Narnolia
+91 22 3029 5126
Deepak.Narnolia@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
34

Sector:
Cement
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
ACC
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
ACC IN
Neutral
1,334
4.5
1422/992
-1/4/23
Year
End
12/10A
12/11A
12/12E
12/13E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
77,173
94,387
112,721
129,592
10,137
11,083
13,981
16,508
EPS
(INR)
53.9
59.0
74.4
87.8
EPS
Gr. (%)
-38.2
9.3
26.1
18.1
P/E
(X)
-
23.1
18.4
15.2
P/BV
(X)
-
3.5
3.3
2.9
RoE
(%)
16.2
16.2
18.8
20.2
RoCE
EV/ EV/Ton
(%) EBITDA (USD)
16.3
15.7
20.2
21.9
-
13.1
9.7
8.4
135
132
128
126
Company Represented By:
Mr Kuldip Kaura, CEO & MD
Mr Sunil Nayak, CFO
Mr Ajeet Modi, VP - Corp.
Finance & Treasury
Key Takeaways
Demand outlook for the Indian cement industry remains positive with 8-9% CAGR
over next 10 years on ~7% GDP growth. ACC is focusing on maintaining its 11%
market share, and attaining cost leadership.
Expect industry volume growth of 8-9% amidst operational challenges
ACC expects aggregate volume growth to sustain 8-9% growth over medium
term, driven by housing growth and uptick in infrastructure spends, while
industry utilization improves from current ~76% to 80%/84% by CY15/16.
It aims to maintain market share at ~11%, effectively resulting in 55mt
dispatches by 2020. Its south market exposure risk is partly mitigated by (a)
limited presence in weak AP market, and (b) dispatches to western market
given proximity of its plants.
There has been significant increase in both capital cost and operating cost
over last few years, along with significant increase in gestation period to set
up new capacity. It expects greenfield capacity to take ~5 years and cost about
~INR7,500/ton (~USD140/ton) excluding captive power.
Attaining cost efficiencies key focus area; limited downside risks to pricing
ACC is aiming to improve critical operating parameters, viz, (a) blending, (b)
energy efficiencies, (c) CPP PLF, and (d) logistics efficiency.
It expects to replace 15-20% of coal requirement through alternate fuels to
mitigate impact of shrinking linkage coal.
Given elevated capex cost, it would require higher profitability to earn
reasonable RoIC, implying limited downside to current pricing.
MP coal blocks not part of CAG report; to be commissioned in 2 years
ACC is setting up brownfield capacity of 5mt at Jamul, including split grinding
units at Sindri and West Bengal, expected to be operational by 1QCY15. Upon
commissioning, it would gradually phase out old ~1.5mt plant at Jamul. It is
yet to place order for plant and machinery.
At expanded capacity, 70% of fuel requirement will be addressed by existing
CPP, while balance will be purchased from the state grid. It believes this will
not be a major challenge as Chhattisgarh is not a power-deficit state.
Of 4 coal blocks in MP in JV with the state government, work on one block is
progressing well with expected commissioning in 2 years (producible capacity
of 1.2-1.3mtpa). The said coal block has ~30mt of mineable reserves. None of
its coal blocks are implicated by the CAG report.
Other takeaways
ACC does not expect any royalty payment to Holcim, as (1) it pays for technical
services availed from Holcim, and (2) unlike in other countries, it does not
even use the Holcim brand.
Covering Analyst(s):
Jinesh K Gandhi
+91 22 3982 5416
Jinesh@MotilalOswal.com
Sandipan Pal
+91 22 3982 5436
Sandipan.Pal@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
35

Sector:
Cement
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Ambuja Cements
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
ACEM IN
Neutral
187
5.2
197/131
-1/15/30
Year
End
12/10A
12/11A
12/12E
12/13E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
73,902
85,306
102,540
117,913
12,434
12,547
17,940
20,364
EPS
(INR)
8.1
8.2
11.7
13.3
EPS
GR. (%)
4.3
0.6
43.0
13.5
P/E
(X)
-
22.8
16.0
14.1
P/BV
(X)
-
3.6
3.2
2.8
RoE
(%)
18.1
16.3
21.1
21.3
RoCE
EV/ EV/Ton
(%) EBITDA (USD)
24.1
23.2
30.7
30.9
-
13.3
9.3
7.9
-
170
165
161
Company Represented By:
Mr Anantharam
Gopalkrishnan,
VP-Treasury & IR
Ms Michelle Falcao,
Research - IR
Key Takeaways
FY12 cement volume growth for Ambuja is expected at 8-9%. De-bottlenecking
and new capacities would drive volumes over 2-3 years.
Cement volume to grow 8-9% in CY12; de-bottlenecking to aid further delta
Ambuja expects 8-9% volume growth in CY12 (base case); ramp-up in
infrastructure spending given pent-up demand before elections has potential
to boost growth to 9.5%+.
Infrastructure and rural economy would be major long-term growth drivers.
Almost 65-70% of Ambuja's retail volumes come from IHB demand (v/s industry
average of 57%).
Dispatch growth over next 2-3 years will be driven by (a) de-bottlenecking and
(b) new capacity addition of 3mt (2.2mt integrated greenfield clinker capacity
at Rajasthan and 0.8mt of grinding units at Sankrail).
Rajasthan plant has already got environment clearance and limestone security,
while land acquisition is in progress (capex of INR22b). The plant is expected
to be commissioned by end-FY14. Grinding units at Sankrail will be operational
in 1QCY13. CY12 capex budget would be ~INR7b.
Monsoon has been delayed but not very weak. Expect no major adverse impact
in rural demand, unless next year's monsoon also surprises negatively.
Prices holding up; limited downside risks to profitability
Pricing has been strong, amidst lower seasonal dip. Ambuja expects seasonal
drop to reverse in October.
It expects demand-supply equation to improve with only 35mt capacity addition
for industry over next 2-years (v/s our estimate of 60-65mt).
The management sees no major downside risks to profitability as new
capacities would require to earn EBITDA/ton of INR1,500 to earn reasonable
return on capital.
Favorable imported coal prices are yet to benefit the company owing to weak
rupee. (It uses ~40% imported coal and 13-14% pet coke.)
Other takeaways
Strategic acquisition of limestone mine (85% stake in Dang Cement) could
help in serving east India markets; but the plan of action is yet to be finalized.
Ambuja believes it has a strong case in CCI issue. Nonetheless, if Appellate
Tribunal verdict goes unfavorable, the companies have to deposit only 10% of
penalty amount during period of further legal procedures.
Sea route accounts for almost 16% of Ambuja's freight; but this is lower during
monsoon season.
Covering Analyst(s):
Jinesh K Gandhi
+91 22 3982 5416
Jinesh@MotilalOswal.com
Sandipan Pal
+91 22 3982 5436
Sandipan.Pal@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
36

Sector:
Cement
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Grasim Industries/Ultratech Cement
Bloomberg
GRASIM IN
Rating
Buy
CMP (INR)
3,006
Mcap (USD b)
5.0
52-Wk Range (INR) 3,073/2,111
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
7/10/32
Year
End
03/11A*
03/12A*
03/13E*
03/14E*
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
213,183
249,878
269,921
308,646
22,790
26,475
31,673
34,098
EPS
(INR)
248.5
288.6
345.3
371.8
EPS
Gr. (%)
-16.7
16.2
19.6
7.7
P/E
(X)
-
10.4
8.7
8.1
P/BV
(X)
-
1.6
1.4
1.2
RoE
(%)
16.8
16.7
17.1
15.9
RoCE
EV/ EV/Ton
(%) EBITDA (USD)
16.5
17.7
18.7
18.3
-
6.7
6.0
4.8
117
123
125
91
Consolidated; * Demerger of cement business assumed w.e.f. 1 October 2009
Company Represented By:
Mr Adesh Gupta,
CFO (Grasim)
Mr Sharad Agarwal,
AVP - Finance (Grasim)
Mr Swaminathan V,
President-Finance (UltraTech)
Key Takeaways
Cement demand outlook remains positive with 8%+ growth in FY13 and FY14;
infrastructure boost could lead to further delta. VSF prices have bottomed out,
but recovery could be delayed.
Cement: Volume to see 8%+ growth over FY13/14; pricing showing resilience
Cement demand outlook remains positive with 8% growth in FY13 and
potentially 9-10% in FY14 driven by positive boost in infrastructure. Northern
and Western markets are witnessing good growth.
Rural and semi-rural markets would be key drivers with lower incremental
expectations from infrastructure and organized real estate over near term.
Major capacity addition is behind us and new additions (~66mt by FY15) will be
in line with incremental demand - thus, gradually easing the oversupply.
Prices are showing resilience with lower seasonal dip in this monsoon. Amidst
elevated cost factors, profitability to sustain at INR1,200-1,300/ton.
UltraTech has increased pet coke usage since 1QFY13 as its prices are coming
down. Pet coke now accounts for 25% of coal usage.
UltraTech is confident of winning appeal against alleged cartelization order of
CCI (Competition Commission of India).
VSF prices bottomed out; expect sustainable margins of 25-30%
VSF prices have stabilized with no further downside as Chinese players would
be making losses at 65-68% utilization. Average prices in QTD 2QFY13 remain
broadly stable QoQ at INR128/kg.
However, price recovery could be delayed. Cotton production in forthcoming
season would be the key influencing factor for VSF demand and pricing. Expect
sustainable EBITDA margin of 25-30%.
Mega capex plans on track; water shortage issues largely resolved
UltraTech is investing ~INR157b over the next 3-4 years to add new capacities,
logistics infrastructure and modernization of its plants.
Its work-in-progress plants at Raipur (4.8mt) and Karnataka (4.4mt) are
expected to start operations by 1QFY14, along with grinding units at Pipava
(2QFY13). The company expects both the plants to witness healthy utilization
as it is short of capacity in these markets.
Grasim is expanding capacity in VSF by 156,500 tons (greenfield + brownfield)
at Vilayat and Harihar, also supplemented by caustic capacity of 182,500 tons.
It would be investing INR37.4b to augment its VSF capacity by 47% to 490,475
tons by FY13. VSF business would have 80% captive pulp at expanded capacity.
Post capacity addition in VSF, Grasim would have 15% market share in global
VSF market of 3.5mt.
Water storage issue for new VSF plants as well as Nagoda has been addressed.
Covering Analyst(s):
Jinesh K Gandhi
+91 22 3982 5416
Jinesh@MotilalOswal.com
Sandipan Pal
+91 22 3982 5436
Sandipan.Pal@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
37

Sector:
Cement
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Jaiprakash Associates
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
JPA IN
Buy
70
2.7
89/50
-4/-5/17
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales PAT*
(INR m) (INR m)
129,665
128,531
141,997
161,157
7,421
10,203
7,973
10,286
EPS*
(INR)
3.5
4.8
3.7
4.8
EPS*
Gr. (%)
-17.0
37.5
-21.9
29.0
P/E*
(X)
-
15.8
20.2
15.6
P/BV
(X)
-
1.6
1.7
1.5
RoE
(%)
8.3
10.4
8.1
10.4
RoCE
(%)
10.6
10.0
10.7
12.3
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
2.4
2.2
1.9
-
9.0
9.0
8.0
* Not Fully Diluted
Company Represented By:
Mr Gaurav Jain,
Executive Vice President
Mr Rajkumar Ralhan,
Sr. Vice President
Key Takeaways
Jaiprakash Associates (JPA) is focusing on de-leveraging and achieving higher cash
flows from projects commissioned.
Cement capacity at 36m tons; looking to improve utilization
JPA has attained cement capacity of ~36m tons, while FY12 volumes were
~19m tons. The management is focusing on improving the utilization of its
recently commissioned projects and driving cash flows.
Cement price outlook remains firm, though the current slowdown may impact
prices in the short term.
JPA is looking at divesting stake in its Gujarat and southern state based projects
to raise cash flows at the parent level to retire debt. It is already in discussions
with a strategic investor.
Power vertical needs equity infusion; securitization of existing project one option
Jaiprakash Power Ventures (JPVL) has already commissioned 1.7GW of
hydropower projects. It has recently synchronized the first unit of 250MW at
Bina (UP) and the second unit of 250MW is expected shortly.
In addition, JPVL is working on 1.3GW Nigrie project and 1.98GW Bara project,
where equity investment of up to INR15b+ is required. It has already invested
INR8b in these projects.
Given that 1GW of Karcham Wangtoo project is already operational, JPA can
securitize cash flows of the project to raise debt to meet equity funding
requirement. It is also exploring other fund raising options.
RE business witnessing traction, revenue recognition a function of completion
As at March 2012, Jaypee Infratech has sold 42.2msf and total pre-sales stood
at INR138b. Similarly, the Noida RE development in standalone books is
progressing well, with 7.9msf of booking and INR46b pre-sales.
In 1QFY13, revenue recognition from the RE division for the standalone entity
was lower, as the revenue recognition threshold was not met. Robust pre-
sales and incremental booking indicate that revenue recognition would
improve, going forward.
Valuation and view
We expect JPA to report standalone net profit of INR8b in FY13 (down 22% YoY)
and INR10.3b in FY14 (up 29% YoY). Maintain
Buy.
The group has outlined its strategy
for consolidation and de-leveraging, and plans to lower debt through project cash
flows, stake sale in cement business, and divestment in Jaypee Infratech.
Covering Analyst(s):
Nalin Bhatt
+91 22 3982 5429
NalinBhatt@MotilalOswal.com
Satyam Agarwal
+91 22 3982 5410
AgarwalS@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
38

Sector:
Consumer
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Emami
Bloomberg
HMN IN
Rating
Not Rated
CMP (INR)
490
Mcap (USD b)
1.3
52-Wk Range (INR)
553/318
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
-5/32/-4
Key Takeaways
Emami has seen a moderation in its domestic volume growth from mid-teens to
low double digits. However, it expects growth to revive on the back of various
trade and distribution initiatives.
Volumes still growing in double digits
Slowdown or relatively poor monsoon is not affecting Emami's business as
yet.
Emami is focusing on "Pain Management" side of business (Zandu Balm,
Menthoplus Balm, Fast Relief, etc) which aggregates INR4.5b of sales (largest
in India).
Emami Fast Relief (sales of INR300-350m) is growing well. Current market
share is ~5%. Objective is to gain market share from Volini and Moov.
Navratna Oil saw improvement in market share to 57.5% in 1QFY13.
Competition is not able to make any dent here.
In Fair & Handsome, (a) Competition from HUL is hurting and it is gaining
market share, and b) Contract with Shahrukh Khan did not get renewed on
time.
OTC brands contribute INR700m to sales. Management expects growth rate
of at least 25% in this segment.
Emami is looking for acquisitions that are more strategic fit. Management
clearly indicated it would be happy to buy any company in the Indian Ayurveda
space.
Company Represented By:
Mr Mohan Goenka, Director
Mr Rajesh Sharma,
VP - Accts, Fin & IR
Covering Analyst(s):
Gautam Duggad
+91 22 3982 5404
Gautam.Duggad@MotilalOswal.com
Sreekanth P.V.S.
+91 22 3029 5120
Sreekanth.P@MotilalOswal.com
International business: Still fighting counterfeits in Russia
Russia:
Emami continues to be dogged by counterfeit Boroplus products being
sold in Russian market, 12-15% lower than the original product price. It has
already discussed this issue with Russian Custom Authorities and they are
taking steps to resolve it.
Africa:
The company has discontinued low margin brands Bonita and Emita,
which contribute around 50% of sales from Africa.
Bangladesh:
The manufacturing plant is ready and should be operational once
it receives license from the government.
Distribution initiatives on track
Direct retail coverage stands at 500,000 outlets.
Emami is planning to increase number of outlets to 600,000 by end-FY13.
Project Swadesh is on track. It has appointed 250 sales personnel in last 3
months; it will appoint another 300-400 in next 6-9 months.
September 2012
39

Sector:
Consumer
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Godrej Consumer Products
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
GCPL IN
Neutral
665
4.1
676/370
0/50/49
Year
End
03/11A
03/12A
03/13E
03/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
36,763
48,509
63,147
78,327
4,736
5,266
7,446
9,076
EPS
(INR)
14.6
16.3
21.9
26.7
EPS
Gr. (%)
32.8
11.2
34.5
21.9
P/E
(X)
-
40.9
30.4
24.9
P/BV
(X)
-
10.3
7.1
6.1
RoE
(%)
27.5
25.2
23.3
24.5
RoCE
(%)
18.4
20.4
22.7
24.5
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
4.9
3.9
3.2
-
27.6
21.8
17.8
Company Represented By:
Mr P Ganesh, Ex. VP
Mr Sameer Shah, VP-Finance
Key Takeaways
Godrej Consumer Products (GCPL) management indicated continued strong
momentum in domestic categories. It expects that focusing on its "3x3 strategy"
will continue to drive medium term growth.
Domestic business sustaining momentum
Management believes current momentum in domestic categories is sustaining
and is optimistic of delivering double digit volume growth in its Soaps category
for FY13.
It does not expect any material adverse impact of deficient monsoons.
It expects high-teen growth in Home Insecticides to sustain.
It is focusing on driving innovations and new product launches in domestic
business (AER air fresheners, Cinthol re-launch, new variants in Godrej No 1,
Cinthol Deos, Shower Gels, etc).
Distribution expansion should continue to aid rural growth.
It sees stable margins in Home Insecticides and Hair Color segments.
GCPL plans to support Cinthol through ASP spends.
Correction in raw material costs will be passed on through price promotions.
International business: Darling acquisition progressing as per plan
On Darling, many synergies have been executed, and most supply chain
initiatives are in place. It is currently working on branding and marketing.
Darling acquisition timeline - Phase 1: 51% of 45% of Darling business (done);
Phase 2: 51% of another 20-25% of Darling business by end-FY13; Phase 3: 51%
of remaining 30% of Darling business by end-FY14; Phase 4: 49% of Darling
business, thus acquiring 100% ownership of Darling.
Payments for various phases of acquisition in Darling will happen at the time
of deal. As of now, EBITDA multiple is frozen.
Debt: Staggered debt payment reduces currency risks
GCPL has staggered the repayment schedule for its USD305m debt which has
average cost of 3%.
Repayments: USD60m in FY13, USD82m in FY14 and so on with last tranche of
repayment in FY18 (USD22m).
Valuation and view
GCPL's earnings outperformance is driven by strong organic momentum in
Soaps, HI as well as inorganic initiatives. This has resulted in its stock
outperforming the sector by nearly 50% in past 12 months.
GCPL trades at a P/E of 30.4x FY13E and 24.9x FY14E EPS. We believe current
valuations adequately capture all the positives. Maintain
Neutral.
Covering Analyst(s):
Gautam Duggad
+91 22 3982 5404
Gautam.Duggad@MotilalOswal.com
Sreekanth P.V.S.
+91 22 3029 5120
Sreekanth.P@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
40

Sector:
Consumer
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Hindustan Unilever
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
HUVR IN
Neutral
523
20.3
528/315
8/38/53
Year
End
03/11A
03/12A
03/13E
03/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
197,352
221,164
259,476
289,164
21,533
25,725
32,201
37,128
EPS
(INR)
10.0
11.9
14.9
17.2
EPS
Gr. (%)
3.5
19.5
25.2
15.3
P/E
(X)
-
43.9
31.0
26.9
P/BV
(X)
-
28.9
22.1
17.1
RoE
(%)
81.8
74.6
71.2
63.7
RoCE
(%)
103.7
97.2
93.3
83.8
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
4.4
3.7
3.3
-
29.2
24.0
20.7
Company Represented By:
Mr R. Sridhar, CFO
Mr Dinesh Thapar, GM - IR
Key Takeaways
Consumer demand patterns in Hindustan Unilever's (HUVR) categories have not
seen any material change despite concerns on macro as well as monsoon front.
No impact of monsoon as yet; remains cautious
HUVR has not seen any change in consumer demand trends. Growth differential
between urban and rural remains immaterial.
Deficient monsoon tends to have a lag impact, if any, on rural consumer
demand. HUVR remains cautious and does not rule out the possibility of some
downtrading in categories like Soaps, Detergents and Tea.
The management maintains that innate strength of HUVR's portfolio that
straddles the price pyramid, will cushion volume impact, if any.
In the long term, HUVR's volume growth in Personal Products should outperform
category growth.
Domestic acquisition, if any, will be a function of category gap opportunity.
Premiumization strategy working
HUVR's premiumization strategy is delivering results across categories, in turn,
aiding realization growth and higher margins.
New formats and benefits are driving the premiumization trend e.g. bars to
liquid soaps, detergents to fabric softeners, etc.
Soaps: Despite being a heavily penetrated category, volume growth is driven
by disappearance of regional/unorganized players due to inflationary raw
materials environment.
Hair Care: Launched TRESemme shampoo in August to provide salon experience
to consumers.
Beverages: Taaza has not done well; corrective actions are being taken.
Foods: Offers attractive long-term opportunity; will take time to play out.
Water Purifier segment is impacted to an extent because of its discretionary
nature. HUVR is not contemplating entering the bottled water segment.
Digital media spends have doubled in recent times.
Valuation and view
We expect HUVR's volume momentum to sustain in high single digits. The
company's innovation efforts have gained speed and will help drive medium-
term volume growth.
We also expect gains from the recent distribution expansion.
The stock trades at a P/E of 31x FY13E and 26.9x FY14E EPS. We believe these
valuations capture all positives and leave little room for error. Maintain
Neutral.
Covering Analyst(s):
Gautam Duggad
+91 22 3982 5404
Gautam.Duggad@MotilalOswal.com
Sreekanth P.V.S.
+91 22 3029 5120
Sreekanth.P@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
41

Sector:
Consumer
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
ITC
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
ITC IN
Buy
268
37.7
269/185
1/28/25
Year
End
03/11A
03/12A
03/13E
03/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
214,590
251,738
291,436
334,890
49,867
61,624
71,726
84,525
EPS
(INR)
6.5
8.0
9.3
10.9
EPS
Gr. (%)
28.9
23.6
16.4
17.8
P/E
(X)
-
33.7
26.9
22.8
P/BV
(X)
-
10.2
8.7
7.3
RoE
(%)
31.3
32.7
32.3
32.2
RoCE
(%)
43.5
45.7
45.4
45.7
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
8.0
6.3
5.4
-
22.5
17.4
14.6
Company Represented By:
Mr Neel Kingston Jasper,
Head - Corporate Planning
Key Takeaways
ITC management presented a healthy outlook for non-cigarettes FMCG business
while stressing the possibility that steep excise duty hikes may slow down growth
in Cigarette volumes.
Cigarette excise growth may be higher than inflation in the medium term
Management indicated the possibility of Cigarette excise duty hikes being
higher than inflation rate in the medium term. If this happens, Cigarettes
volume growth may remain in low single digits like in the past 5 years.
ITC does not expect any material adverse impact even if plain packaging norms
were to be implemented in India as ~70% of cigarettes are sold in loose form.
It believes efficacy of packaging initiatives in controlling tobacco consumption
is not established.
It has rolled out 5-6 brands in the 64mm segment (Gold Flake Super Flake at
INR2.5, Capstan, Flake, Berkley and Scissors at INR2).
ITC intends to take market share from informal segment (8% of market) and
contraband (4% of market) through this 64mm initiative.
Expect Cigarette EBIT margins to expand 30-40bp each year due to mix
improvement and some pricing component.
There is no clarity on GST timelines. (If and when it comes into force, all the
indirect taxes excluding excise will get subsumed under GST).
4QFY13 break-even for FMCG-Others; Personal Care to see investments
ITC maintained the earlier guidance of 4QFY13 break-even for FMCG-Others.
Growth in Biscuits and Confectionery categories is moderating by 200-300bp.
Staples volumes continue to growing at mid-teens.
It has reached 20% market share in Cream Biscuits segment. Glucose segment
now contributes just 20% of Biscuits revenue v/s 45% in FY10.
Instant Noodles:
There is need to ramp up capacity as it currently covers just
70% of Maggi's distribution footprint.
ITC expects Personal Products to remain in investment mode and get strong
promotion support.
Skin Care is doing well, and Vivel has received good response.
Capex guidance:
INR20b per year for next three years.
Valuation and view
Expect strong pricing power in Cigarettes to drive 17% PAT CAGR over FY12-14. We
model in ~2% Cigarettes volume growth for FY13. ITC offers the best earnings
visibility in our coverage universe, which coupled with the rising dividend payout
ratio, justifies the premium valuations (P/E of 26.9x FY13E and 22.8x FY14E EPS).
Buy
with a target price of INR295 (27x FY14E EPS). Policy uncertainties (excise,
VAT, etc) and measures to curtail cigarette consumption remain the key risk factors.
Covering Analyst(s):
Gautam Duggad
+91 22 3982 5404
Gautam.Duggad@MotilalOswal.com
Sreekanth P.V.S.
+91 22 3029 5120
Sreekanth.P@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
42

Sector:
Consumer
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Marico
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
MRCO IN
Buy
192
2.2
202/134
-6/21/15
Year
End
03/11A
03/12A
03/13E
03/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
31,283
39,968
47,179
54,963
2,918
3,189
4,361
5,442
EPS
(INR)
4.7
5.2
6.8
8.5
EPS
Gr. (%)
24.6
9.3
30.5
24.8
P/E
(X)
-
37.0
28.3
22.7
P/BV
(X)
-
10.3
6.1
4.9
RoE
(%)
31.9
28.0
21.6
21.8
RoCE
(%)
29.7
30.5
29.7
30.6
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
3.0
2.7
2.2
-
25.5
19.8
15.7
Company Represented By:
Mr Chaitanya Deshpande,
Ex VP and Head- IR and M&A
Key Takeaways
Marico management indicated moderation in domestic volumes from the mid-
teens level reported in 1QFY13.
Domestic volumes moderating; may still remain in double digits
Marico indicated a moderation in domestic volumes from the 16% number it
reported in 1QFY13.
Parachute:
Its 18% volume growth of 1QFY13 is unlikely to be replicated. Still,
10% volume growth is possible. Marico took price cuts in Parachute of INR2 on
100ml (MRP INR27) and 50ml (MRP INR12).
Saffola:
Continues to gain consumer traction; 14-15% volume growth is
achievable.
Hair Oil:
Gaining market share.
Skin Care:
Marico is looking at "head to body" but not face care.
Foods:
Ex edible oil, Foods form 1.5% of sales. It expects non-edible oil basket
to contribute 25% of Foods revenue over the medium term.
Marico has recently entered the muesli category. However, it is not keen on
corn flakes as it believes it is a relatively commoditized category.
Paras: On track; meeting internal benchmarks
Paras achieved INR100m revenues in 1QFY13. Marico plans to grow Paras at 25-
30% compounded.
Set Wet and Zatak together command 5% share of the Deodorant market which
is extremely fragmented with leader (HUL) having 17% share.
Raw material costs not too worrying
Marico is not overly worried about increase in MSP of Copra.
Poor monsoon impacts Copra crop next year. Linkage to Palm oil table leads to
volatility in Copra prices.
International business: May revert to 18% growth in FY14
Expect macro situation to improve in Bangladesh due to rising remittances.
International revenue growth may revert to 18% by FY14 after delivering 13-
14%growth in FY13.
Valuation and view
We like Marico's dominance in its core categories as well as strong new product
basket. Increasing focus on Foods augurs well from long-term growth
viewpoint.
Marico trades at a P/E of 28.3x FY13E and 22.7x FY14E EPS. Reiterate
Buy.
Integration of Paras acquisition remains the key monitorable.
Covering Analyst(s):
Gautam Duggad
+91 22 3982 5404
Gautam.Duggad@MotilalOswal.com
Sreekanth P.V.S.
+91 22 3029 5120
Sreekanth.P@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
43

Sector:
Consumer
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Pidilite Industries
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
PIDI IN
Buy
186
1.7
193/134
7/24/8
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales Adj.PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
23,806
28,164
33,820
40,398
3,330
3,557
4,329
5,305
EPS
(INR)
6.6
7.0
8.3
10.1
EPS
Gr. (%)
13.4
6.5
17.9
22.5
P/E
(X)
-
23.4
19.9
16.2
P/BV
(X)
-
6.2
4.8
4.0
RoE
(%)
29.2
26.3
24.3
24.9
RoCE
(%)
30.9
29.1
30.7
32.7
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
2.8
2.4
1.9
-
16.1
12.5
10.1
Company Represented By:
Mr Sandeep Batra,
Director Finance
Key Takeaways
Pidilite management gave a cautious but healthy outlook for the Consumer
segment. However, the Industrial segment continues to bear the impact of
slowdown in infrastructure and construction sectors.
Slowdown hurting Industrials; Consumer remains relatively insulated
Pidilite does not see very strong linkage between GDP growth and performance
of Consumer segment.
1QFY13 volume growth in Fevicol was strong at 13-14% (it has since moderated
somewhat to 9-10%.) Pidilite has taken a 2% price hike in 2QFY13 to pass on
the impact of raw material costs.
Margin guidance:
Expect flat margins going forward.
Unlike Consumer, slowdown in infrastructure and construction sectors is
impacting the performance of Industrial segment.
Even here, Pidilite's construction chemicals have clocked 30% CAGR for past 5
years. It expects similar growth in next 3-5 years.
Status quo remains on the elastomer project; Pidilite has already spent INR3.7b
on the same. It does not intend to spend further capex on this project and is
awaiting the decision of its board.
Expect clarity on the Elastomer project by end-FY13. At full capacity (36,000
tons), it is expected to have INR10b turnover with 30% EBITDA margin.
Pidilite does not intend to enter commoditized spaces and paints.
Carpenter is the single largest customer segment for Pidilite. B2C (business to
consumer) forms 80% of the turnover currently.
International: Except Brazil, all is well
International units are doing well on revenue and EBITDA front except Brazil,
which may take 2 years for EBITDA break-even.
Brazil needed funding to the tune of INR200m (cash loss of Rs120mn); other
units did not need funding.
The international business is expected to attain PAT break-even in 5-7 years.
Other points
Capex guidance:
INR1.25-1.5b.
Working capital:
Credit cycle to trade - Fevicol 30 days, Fevi Kwik 7 days, and
Construction chemicals 30 days.
Debt:
Total debt of INR2.4b (FCCB INR1.8b, Debentures INR0.6b).
Effective interest cost of 8%, of which a third gets capitalized.
FCCB conversion price is INR196, due for maturity on 7 December 2012.
Covering Analyst(s):
Gautam Duggad
+91 22 3982 5404
Gautam.Duggad@MotilalOswal.com
Sreekanth P.V.S.
+91 22 3029 5120
Sreekanth.P@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
44

Sector:
Consumer
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Radico Khaitan
Bloomberg
RDCK IN
Rating
Not Rated
CMP (INR)
106
Mcap (USD b)
0.3
52-Wk Range (INR)
135/92
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
-7/-9/-28
Key Takeaways
Strategy focused around premium products
RDCK is a pure play on the IMFL (Indian-made foreign liquor) consumption
story in India. It has adopted a strategy of higher profitability through
premiumization and launched various premium brands e.g.
Morpheus
brandy
and
After Dark
whisky in the recent past.
Premiumization driving industry growth
– industry growth is ~10% more in
value terms than volume terms due to premium brands.
The management indicated that profits in premium products could be 8x the
profit in mass products.
Though Radico Khaitan (RDCK) has presence in all categories from mass to
super premium products, it plans to focus more on premium products in order
to increase profitability.
India - an underpenetrated market
India's per capita consumption of alcoholic beverages is among the lowest in
the world at 0.9 liters a year.
Favorable demographics and changing consumer behaviour will drive
consumption of alcoholic beverages.
White spirits to drive growth
Management indicated that like in the West, consumers in India are moving
towards white spirits.
RDCK's
Magic Moments
vodka posted 17.5% growth in FY12 to 22.2m cases.
Price hikes in the pipeline
RDCK plans to increase prices by 4-5% across products in its key markets and
also for sales to CSD (Canteen Stores Department, Indian Armed Forces).
Competition has also initiated price hikes, giving the company room to improve
margins through price increases.
Leading brands in the kitty
RDCK's
Morpheus
brandy has 65% market share in the brandy space. Its
Magic
Moments
has 25% share of the overall vodka market and 85% of the semi-
premium vodka market.
The company mentioned that its products primarily target the youth.
Other points
South India accounts for ~50% of the company's sales.
RDCK has planned capex of ~INR400m in FY13, funded by internal accruals.
Company Represented By:
Mr Abhishek Khaitan, MD
Mr Dilip Banthiya, CFO
Mr Mukesh Agarwal,
VP Fin & IR
Covering Analyst(s):
Gautam Duggad
+91 22 3982 5404
Gautam.Duggad@MotilalOswal.com
Sreekanth P.V.S.
+91 22 3029 5120
Sreekanth.P@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
45

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Axis Bank
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
AXSB IN
Buy
1,016
7.6
1,309/785
-3/-13/-10
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Income PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
111,951
134,380
160,857
192,417
33,885
42,422
48,748
56,053
EPS
(INR)
82.5
102.7
114.6
131.8
EPS
Gr. (%)
33.0
24.4
11.6
15.0
P/E
(X)
-
9.9
8.9
7.7
BV
(INR)
463
547
629
740
P/BV
(X)
-
1.9
1.6
1.4
P/ABV
(X)
-
1.9
1.7
1.4
RoAA
(%)
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.5
RoAE
(%)
19.3
20.3
19.6
19.1
Company Represented By:
Mr Sanjeev Gupta,
President & CFO
Mr Julius Samson, SVP &
Head Corp. Comm. & IR
Key Takeaways
Confident of maintaining margins at 3.25-3.5%
In the last two quarters, Axis Bank's (AXSB) margins shrank by 38bp (3.4% as at
the end of 1QFY13). The management expects margins to improve in 2Q and
3Q, led by running-off of low yielding priority sector loans (PSL), cooling bulk
deposit rates and increasing share of high yielding retail loans.
The management reiterated its sustainable margin guidance of 3.25-3.5%.
Fee income growth to moderate; to track balance sheet growth
With slowdown in corporate activity (syndication business), AXSB expects
growth in fees from corporate banking (constituted 36% of overall fees in
FY12) to be flat or show marginal improvement in FY13.
However, this would be partially offset by pick-up in retail banking fees
(increased focus on retail loans and third party distribution). Overall, the
management expects fee income growth to track balance sheet growth.
Retail liability growth - a key focus area
Healthy SA deposit growth of 20%+ in the current environment demonstrates
the power of its strong liability franchise.
The management mentioned that SA deposit growth remains healthy and
CASA would continue to be a key focus area.
No restructuring in Power segment yet; granular details provided
Of AXSB's overall Power exposure, 80% is towards thermal (98% linked to
domestic coal supply; the remaining dependent on imports from captive units
abroad), 5% towards gas and 15% towards renewable energy.
AXSB has no exposure to distribution companies or ultra mega projects located
in coastal areas. Of its overall exposure, 20% is operational and 45% is expected
to be operational by FY14.
None of its loans to the Power segment have been restructured so far, though
a few may get restructured in FY13.
Gross stress addition (slippages + restructuring) of INR10b-11b per quarter
The management reiterated its guidance of gross stress addition of
INR10b-11b per quarter. It maintained its credit cost guidance of 75-80bp.
Valuation and view
AXSB's key strength has been its ability to grow CASA deposits (~35% CAGR
over FY06-12). Given its strong and rapidly growing liability franchise, we expect
SA growth to remain healthy (with strong customer acquisitions).
While pressure on asset quality has increased, it still remains under check.
Healthy NII, fee income growth and stable cost to income ratio should lead to
19% CAGR in core operating profit and 15% CAGR in PAT over FY12-14.
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
Sohail Halai
+91 22 3982 5430
Sohail.Halai@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
46

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Bajaj Finance
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
BAF IN
Not Rated
1,065
0.8
1,133/585
-1/38/59
Key Takeaways
Healthy growth in consumer segment and new product lines to drive growth
Bajaj Finance (BAF) continues to target ~25% AUM growth for FY13. However,
the management indicated that the situation remains fluid, as the macro
environment is not showing any signs of pick-up.
The company expects the loans against property (LAP) / mortgages portfolio
to grow comfortably at ~25%, as the opportunity remains large despite stiff
competition. It has put the commercial business (infra and CE financing) on
hold due to uncertain macro conditions. The SME business is currently growing
at 30-35%.
The management expects competition from banks to increase in retail home
loans and auto loans in the coming months due to steady demand witnessed
in these segments.
BAF has added business lines such as (1) doctor loans - loans to professional
doctors for various personal / professional needs, and (2) lifestyle financing -
launched in April 2012; BAF achieved disbursements of INR250m in 1Q and
wants to scale up this portfolio to INR2b-2.5b in FY13.
Asset quality remains healthy, mgmt remains cautious on commercial segment
Asset quality continues to be healthy. Among different businesses, asset
quality in the consumer and SME segments has held up well.
The management remains cautious about asset quality in the commercial
businesses such as infra and equipment financing. BAF has moderated growth
in these segments, but asset quality remains a key monitorable.
Other highlights - Capital raising by year end
BAF aims to raise capital by the end of the current fiscal. It targets to raise
~INR7.5b, which will take care of its growth plans for the next three years.
The management indicated that they are keen to apply for a banking license
and are awaiting the final guidelines.
Though return ratios in 1QFY13 remained strong, with RoA of 4%+ and RoE of
~25%, the management stated that on a long-term sustainable basis, the return
ratios are likely to moderate. Sustainable RoA and RoE are expected to be ~3%
and 18-20%, respectively.
Company Represented By:
Mr Rajeev Jain, CEO
Covering Analyst(s):
Umang Shah
+91 22 3982 5521
Umang.Shah@MotilalOswal.com
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
47

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Bajaj Finserv
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
BJFIN IN
Not Rated
796
2.1
954/392
6/37/48
Key Takeaways
Challenging phase for life insurance industry; focus on profitable growth
Bajaj Finserv (BJFIN) is one of the few life insurance companies that have
become profitable on a cumulative basis.
The management indicated that the life insurance industry is going through a
tough phase mainly on account of severe regulatory changes, impacting
business growth and profitability.
In 1QFY13, new business premium growth was 28% YoY, led by strong growth
in group and micro insurance segment. For the full year, the management has
indicated 10% growth in new business premium.
In the medium term, premium growth is likely to be in line with the nominal
GDP growth. However, getting the mix right will be challenging.
Nearly 40% of the business is contributed by the agency force (v/s 55% earlier).
Bancassurance contributes only 20% of premium for BJFIN; the share for players
like ICICI Prudential and HDFC Life is much higher.
Persistency ratio likely to remain stable going forward, as in FY12, there was a
sharp fall due to completion of the lock-in period (3 years) for one of the
products.
Surrender income is likely to decline considerably due to regulatory changes.
In FY12, the income from surrenders was INR4b-4.5b.
Margins unlikely to improve considerably
BJFIN's new business margins have moderated considerably to 12-13%. On a
steady state basis, margins are likely to be 13-14%.
Unit-linked products are high margin products, but incrementally, growth is
being driven by traditional products due to regulatory constraints and poor
performance of equity markets. In 1QFY13, traditional products contributed
over 80% of the new business premium.
Other businesses performing well; capital raising through rights issue
The general insurance business (barring the motor pool losses) remains highly
profitable. Motor pool losses yet to be written off stand at INR3b.
BJFIN remains keen on applying for a banking license and is committed to
fulfilling all capital requirements for the banking license.
BFIN plans to raise ~INR10b through a rights issue to fund capital requirements
of Bajaj Finance (BAF) and to infuse additional capital in case the company
applies for a banking license.
Company Represented By:
Mr Sanjiv Bajaj,
MD
Mr S Sreenivasan,
President - Finance
Covering Analyst(s):
Umang Shah
+91 22 3982 5521
Umang.Shah@MotilalOswal.com
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
48

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Dewan Housing Finance Corporation
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
DEWH IN
Buy
168
0.4
279/142
12/-33/-31
Year
End
3/11A
3/12E
3/13E
3/14E
Net Income PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
7,126
8,418
12,158
15,225
2,937
2,987
4,408
5,507
EPS
(INR)
28.1
25.6
37.7
51.3
EPS
Gr. (%)
48.8
-9.1
47.6
36.1
P/E
(X)
-
6.6
4.4
3.3
BV
(INR)
149
173
206
246
P/BV
(X)
-
1.0
0.8
0.7
P/ABV
(X)
-
1.2
0.9
0.8
RoAA
(%)
2.0
1.3
1.5
1.4
RoAE
(%)
26.7
18.5
21.7
22.7
Company Represented By:
Mr Koustubh Shah, AGM - IR
Ms Radhika Seshadri, AM - IR
Key Takeaways
Growth for standalone entity remains strong
Dewan Housing Finance (DEWH) has guided 25-30% growth in the consolidated
loan book for FY13. While the standalone book is likely to grow at a faster
pace, demand in First Blue Housing Finance (FBHFL) remains subdued,
reflecting the weak demand in the metro and tier-I centers.
On a medium term basis, the management targets to grow FBHFL book at 25%
(v/s 17-18%, currently).
Consolidated margins to remain under pressure
Spreads in the standalone business are likely to remain stable. Around 70% of
the borrowings are in the form of bank borrowings and should get re-priced
downwards, with reduction in base rates.
Management indicated that spreads in FBHFL could witness some compression,
as yields are unlikely to move up significantly due to competitive pressures
and borrowing costs may increase following the merger to DEWH levels.
On a consolidated basis, spreads may witness some compression in FY13.
However, the management plans to increase the proportion of loans against
property (LAP) and developer loans to provide some cushion to margins.
Asset quality remains healthy
Asset quality remains healthy. No stress is seen yet in the developer portfolio.
Sequential improvement in asset quality is likely in 2QFY13.
FBHFL merger likely to conclude in 3QFY13
DEWH has received approval from Bombay High Court and approval from Delhi
High Court is likely to come in October 2012. DEWH should start reporting
quarterly numbers on a consolidated basis from 3QFY13.
Other highlights - Capital raising; treatment of goodwill
At current growth rates, DEWH may have to raise capital in the next 12 months.
However, the management does not wish to raise capital in the current fiscal.
It plans to securitize loans towards the end of the year. Inability to do so may
lead to lower growth for the company.
Goodwill as at the end of FY12 stood at ~INR3.5b, which will be amortized over
a period of seven years starting FY13.
Valuation and view
The stock trades at 0.9x FY13E ABV and 0.8x FY14E ABV (adjusted for goodwill).
Valuations remain attractive and risk-reward appears favorable. Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Umang Shah
+91 22 3982 5521
Umang.Shah@MotilalOswal.com
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
49

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
HDFC
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
HDFC IN
Buy
723
19.3
735/601
3/9/5
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Income PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
53,181
61,975
75,126
90,173
35,350
41,226
49,225
59,173
EPS
(INR)
24.1
27.9
32.1
38.6
EPS
P/BV
Gr. (%) (X)
22.4
15.8
15.1
20.2
-
5.6
4.5
4.0
ABV* AP/ABV* AP/AE# RoAA Adj RoE
(INR)
(X)
(X)
(%)
(%)
91.2
100.5
105.9
125.8
-
5.4
4.9
3.9
-
20.8
17.5
13.6
2.9
2.8
2.9
2.9
26.6
27.3
29.4
30.9
Company Represented By:
Mr Keki Mistry,
Vice Chairman & CEO
Mr Conrad D'Souza, Member
of Executive Management
* Price adj. for value of key ventures. BV is adj. by deducting invt in key ventures from NW
# Price adj. for value of key ventures. EPS is adj. for dividend from key ventures
Key Takeaways
Demand from tier-II and tier-III centers driving growth
The management remains fairly confident of achieving 18-20% loan growth in
FY13. Growth in 1Q and 2QFY13 (expected) has been healthy at 20%+ (on a
lower base) and is likely to be 20% for the full year.
While growth is currently being driven by tier-II and tier-III centers, demand
in centers like Mumbai is also showing signs of pick-up.
Spreads to remain steady
Spreads are likely to remain steady at 2.15-2.35%. While HDFC has reduced
deposit rates by 25bp since May 2012, bank borrowing rates remain high.
Bank base rates have to come down meaningfully for borrowing costs and also
lending rates to come off.
In 1QFY13, spreads were 1.93% for retail loans and 2.8% for non-retail loans.
Asset quality remains healthy
Asset quality in the individual segment continues to be healthy.
One large account in the non-retail segment slipped into NPA in FY12 but this
was technical in nature. It is likely to get upgraded in FY13.
Regulatory changes
HDFC has not yet implemented uniform rates for old and new customers; it is
awaiting further clarity from the regulator.
Tier-I capital requirement is unlikely to go up, as indicated by the NHB Chairman
in the media.
Waiver of prepayment penalty on teaser loans getting converted to floating
rate loans is unlikely to impact significantly, as ~30% of such borrowers have
already paid one-time fee and got rates revised to current floating rates.
Other highlights - Update on warrant conversion
Around 99% of warrants have got converted and a very small portion of the
total remains unconverted as on 24 August 2012.
Valuation and view
The stock trades at an adjusted price to adjusted book value (AP/ABV) of 3.9x
FY14E. We believe valuations are reasonable, considering HDFC's growth potential
(FY12-14E EPS CAGR of ~20%), sound business fundamentals, and substantially
improved subsidiaries' performance. Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
Umang Shah
+91 22 3982 5521
Umang.Shah@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
50

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
HDFC Bank
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
HDFCB IN
Neutral
588
24.9
610/400
-4/11/23
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Income PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
148,783
175,405
217,224
263,361
39,264
51,671
67,257
83,817
EPS
(INR)
16.9
22.0
28.7
35.7
EPS
Gr. (%)
31.0
30.4
30.2
24.6
P/E
(X)
-
26.7
20.5
16.5
BV
(INR)
109.1
127.4
149.4
176.7
P/BV
(X)
-
4.6
3.9
3.3
P/ABV
(X)
-
4.7
4.0
3.4
RoAA
(%)
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.8
RoAE
(%)
16.7
18.7
20.7
21.9
*Includes pro forma merged figures for HDFC Bank and CBoP
Company Represented By:
Mr Sashi Jagdishan, CFO
Mr Bhavin Lakhpatwala,
Vice President
Key Takeaways
Above industry average loan growth to continue
HDFC Bank (HDFCB) remains confident of growing its loan portfolio a few
percentage points higher than the industry average.
In FY12, HDFCB's corporate loan portfolio grew at a modest pace of 11%, in line
with the bank's conscious strategy adopted in view of higher cost of funds and
intent to maintain margins. In 1QFY13, corporate loans grew strongly by 15%
QoQ as the bank resumed corporate lending driven by moderation in borrowing
costs.
In FY13, HDFCB expects wholesale and retail loans to grow at similar rates.
Superior asset quality performance; expect it to normalize
Asset quality performance has been commendable in FY12, with gross slippage
ratio at ~1% and credit cost at just 40bp (at decadal lows).
On the corporate side (including SMEs and mid-to-large corporate accounts)
at the sector level, stress is not concentrated in any particular segment but is
restricted to a few accounts.
In both retail and wholesale, the management believes that HDFCB is off the
lowest delinquency levels it has seen in the last few quarters. Despite some
increase, delinquency is still below what HDFCB has factored in.
Over the quarters, the bank has built a floating provision buffer of INR16b to
create adequate cushion and absorb any negative shocks.
NIM to be 3.9-4.3%; fee income growth to be 18-20%
The management reiterated its guidance of maintaining margins at 3.9-4.3%.
Fee income growth has been marginally higher in the last two quarters due to
one-off fees. The lower base of 1HFY12 (due to negative impact of regulatory
changes in mutual fund distribution and insurance commission) would ensure
healthy growth. Change in regulations for card-related fees could impact fees
marginally. Overall fee income growth would be 18-20%.
Valuation and view
HDFCB is best placed in the current environment, with (1) CASA ratio of ~46%, (2)
growth outlook of 1.3x industry average, (3) improving operating efficiency, (4)
expected traction in income due to strong expansion in branch network, and (5)
best in class asset quality. While we remain positive on the bank's business, we
believe valuations are rich. Maintain
Neutral.
Covering Analyst(s):
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
Sohail Halai
+91 22 3982 5430
Sohail.Halai@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
51

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
ICICI Bank
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
ICICIBC IN
Buy
922
19.1
999/641
-5/2/1
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Income PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
156,648
182,369
223,038
261,219
51,514
64,653
80,092
93,175
EPS
(INR)
44.7
56.1
69.5
80.8
EPS
Gr. (%)
23.9
25.4
23.9
16.3
P/E
(X)
0.0
16.4
13.3
11.4
AP/E*
(X)
16.6
13.5
10.2
8.5
ABV*
(INR)
365
402
447
500
AP/ABV* Core RoAA
(X) RoAE (%) (%)
0.0
1.9
1.6
1.4
12.2
13.3
15.1
15.7
1.3
1.5
1.6
1.6
*Price adj. for value of key ventures and BV adjusted for investments in those key ventures
Company Represented By:
Ms Chanda Kochhar,
MD & CEO
Mr Rakesh Jha,
Deputy CFO
Mr Rakesh Mookim,
Chief Manager
Key Takeaways
Focus on sustainable and profitable growth
ICICI Bank (ICICIBC) continues its focus on 5Cs (Credit growth, CASA, Cost
efficiency, Credit quality and Capital conservation). Improving domestic loan
growth with focus on CASA, stable margins and containment of credit cost
would help the bank to further enhance its return ratios.
For FY13, ICICIBC has guided exit RoA of 1.65% v/s 1.5% in FY12 and consolidated
RoE target of 15%. Over the medium term, it expects to improve consolidated
RoE to 17-18%.
Corporate segment to drive near-term loan growth; retail to accelerate
In FY13, domestic loan growth is likely to be 20% and the domestic retail loan
portfolio is expected to grow 15%. Focus would be on secured retail loans -
mortgages, auto loans, CV loans, etc, which would see acceleration in FY14.
Growth in the international loan book (in consolidation phase) would be 0-
5%. Thus, the overall growth expected in FY13 is ~15%.
Structurally, margins have moved to a higher level
From 2.6-2.7%, ICICIBC has expanded its margins to 3%, led by improved liability
profile (CASA ratio of ~40%), despite reducing share of unsecured loans.
With increasing share of retail loans and strong CASA ratio, margins should
remain stable at ~3% in the near term. The management expects margins to
improve by a further 20-25bp in the medium to long term.
Macro environment challenging, but asset quality manageable
Though stress in the macro environment continues, ICICIBC is well placed to
face the challenges, with the strong risk management practices that it has
followed in the last few years.
Though stress in the corporate segment may lead to incremental restructuring,
it would be lower than that seen in FY12. Credit cost guidance for FY13 is
unchanged at 75bp.
Valuation and view
Sharp improvement in liability profile and asset quality, and better asset liability
management has helped ICICIBC to improve its NIM from 2.6-2.7% to 3%. We
expect gradual improvement in NIM to continue. Asset quality should remain
healthy given the benign asset quality in the retail segment, though there
may be some restructuring in the corporate segment.
In effect, RoA is likely to remain strong at ~1.6% over FY13-14. Core RoE should
increase from 11% over FY08-12 to ~16% in FY14, led by increasing leverage
and strong RoA. ICICIBC has maintained strong capitalization, with tier-I at
12.8%.
Buy
with an SOTP-based target price of INR1,230.
Covering Analyst(s):
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
Sohail Halai
+91 22 3982 5430
Sohail.Halai@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
52

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
IDFC
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
IDFC IN
Buy
138
3.7
161/90
3/-1/20
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Inc.
(INR m)
25,455
29,788
33,336
39,810
PAT
(INR m)
12,817
15,540
16,720
20,205
EPS
(INR)
8.8
10.3
11.1
13.4
EPS
Gr. (%)
7.4
17.1
7.6
20.8
P/E
(x)
-
13.4
12.5
10.3
ABV
(INR)*
60.6
72.7
80.9
90.7
AP/ABV
(x)
-
1.6
1.4
1.3
RoAA
(%)
3.2
2.9
2.6
2.6
Core
RoE (%)
17.8
16.2
15.0
16.1
*Adjusted for Investment in subsidaries , Prices adjusted for other ventures
Company Represented By:
Mr Sunil Kakar,
CFO
Mr Bimal Giri, Sr Director -
Strategy, Corp. Planning, IR
Key Takeaways
Growth outlook remains cautious in the medium term
Despite strong growth in 1QFY13 (34% YoY on a lower base), the management
maintains its loan growth guidance of 15-20% for FY13.
The management believes that the current uncertain regulatory and macro
environment and delays in decision making by the government can hamper
investments (fresh spends) and impact medium-term growth.
Spreads to remain stable, decline in wholesale rates positive
IDFC's spreads have improved considerably over the past few quarters. The
management expects the spreads to remain stable if not improve from current
levels.
The incremental cost of funds is 9.5-10%; should decline with decline in
wholesale rates.
Asset quality concerning but manageable
The management remains cautious about asset quality. IDFC's investment in
one large corporate account that went bad in 1QFY13 stands at less than INR
1.5b, of which INR600m have been provided for in 1QFY13.
Of the total assets, 1.5% have been rescheduled. There has been no interest
reset, and hence, no NPV hit on any of these loans.
Of IDFC's total energy exposure, 80% of the projects are operational and are
running at 60% PLF, which allows them to service debt.
The management feels that 2% of its exposure to gas-based projects is
vulnerable and may have to be restructured in the future.
However, even in the worst case scenario, the management remains confident
of containing GNPAs at ~1% v/s 0.3% currently.
Valuation and view
IDFC has delivered strong performance on the growth and margin fronts even
during challenging times. Expected monetary easing and reform measures by the
government could act as major catalysts in improving the growth and profitability
outlook. Healthy asset quality and prudent provisioning policy makes IDFC better
placed than its peers. The stock trades at 1.4x FY13E and 1.3x FY14E adjusted BV.
Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
Umang Shah
+91 22 3982 5521
Umang.Shah@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
53

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
IndusInd Bank
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
IIB IN
Buy
319
2.7
352/222
-7/5/29
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Income PAT
(INR M) (INR M)
20,902
27,160
35,024
45,122
5,773
8,026
10,007
12,946
EPS
(INR)
12.4
17.2
21.4
27.7
EPS
Gr. (%)
45.3
38.5
24.7
29.4
P/E
(X)
-
18.6
14.9
11.5
BV
(INR)
82
97
115
139
P/BV
(X)
-
3.3
2.8
2.3
P/ABV
(X)
-
3.3
2.8
2.3
RoAA
(%)
1.4
1.6
1.6
1.7
RoAE
(%)
19.3
19.2
20.2
21.8
Company Represented By:
Mr Sanjay Mallik,
Head IR & Strategy
Key Takeaways
Loan growth guidance unchanged at 25-30%
IndusInd Bank (IIB) is well poised to gain market share in overall loans and has
guided 25-30% loan growth in FY13.
Within the CV portfolio, growth is likely to moderate on slowdown in M&HCVs.
However, growth in LCVs and used CVs is expected to be in line with overall
loan growth. Further growth in the retail segment is likely to be strong, with
robust growth in loans against property (LAP) and credit cards on lower base.
IIB intends to increase its LAP portfolio from the current INR5.5b to INR45b
over the next 2-3 years.
The key growth driver in corporate banking would be working capital.
CV portfolio remains healthy; credit cost guidance of 70bp
Asset quality performance remains healthy. Delayed monthly repayments are
in line with the historical trend and there is no indication of significant stress.
In the infrastructure space, majority of the exposure is towards working capital.
Exposure to project loans is just 18-20% of infrastructure loans and the
management does not expect significant pressure to arise in terms of asset
quality. Over 90% of the corporate portfolio is classified as high investment
grade and the balance portfolio is secured.
Over FY06-12, IIB's average credit cost has been 70bp. Its current credit cost is
~50bp. The management believes that even if pressure on asset quality
increases, it would be able to contain credit cost at/below 70bp.
NIM to improve, led by fall in cost of funds; CASA traction remains strong
NIM has gradually declined from 3.6% in 3QFY11 to 3.2% in 1QFY13, led by
increase in cost of funds and higher share of fixed rate loans (~50% of overall).
The management believes that margins have bottomed out. Decline in cost of
funds coupled with higher share of fixed rate loan portfolio built in the high
interest rate regime would help IIB to improve margins.
Traction in CASA remains strong, which should also help contain cost of funds.
IIB targets CASA ratio of 34% with the CA-SA mix being 50:50.
Valuation and view
NIM is likely to expand in 2HFY13 and FY14, with (a) 50% of the loan book being
fixed in nature (built in high interest rate environment), (b) increasing share
of consumer finance, (c) expected benefit of fall in interest rates on wholesale
deposits, and (d) increasing traction in CASA deposits.
Core operating profitability remains strong, though pressure on asset quality
is likely to increase. Improving liability franchise, structural improvement in
RoA and 20%+ asset growth should help IIB to post one of the highest PAT
CAGR (~27%) among the banks under our coverage.
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
Sohail Halai
+91 22 3982 5430
Sohail.Halai@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
54

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
ING Vysya Bank
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
VYSB IN
Buy
369
1.0
405/275
-6/9/13
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Income PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
16,614
18,781
22,346
26,265
3,186
4,563
5,377
6,076
EPS
(INR)
26.3
30.4
35.8
40.5
EPS
Gr. (%)
42.3
15.4
17.8
13.0
P/E
(X)
-
12.1
10.3
9.1
BV
(INR)
208
258
289
323
P/BV
(X)
-
1.4
1.3
1.1
P/ABV
(X)
-
1.4
1.3
1.2
RoAA
(%)
0.9
1.1
1.0
1.0
RoAE
(%)
13.4
14.3
13.1
13.2
Company Represented By:
Mr Jayant Mehrotra,
Chief Financial Officer
Mr Uday Sareen,
Country Head - Retail
Banking
Key Takeaways
Focus on productivity improvement - operating leverage a key to profitability
Post the investment phase in FY10-11, during which it added 70 branches and
enhanced technological capabilities, ING Vysya Bank (VYSB) is in consolidation
phase, with key focus on improving productivity. Cost to core income ratio has
improved from 71% in FY09 to 61% in FY12.
The management expects to reap benefits from its existing branches and
improve productivity, while containing cost, thus driving profitability.
Asset quality remains healthy; though management remains watchful
Asset quality has been improving over the last two years, with gross slippage
ratio declining to 0.7% in FY12 as against 2.4% in FY10. The management expects
asset quality trend to remain healthy, but remains cautious, given the
challenging macro environment.
The bank has utilized the benefit of the benign asset quality cycle it has seen
by boosting PCR to 90%+, which should help absorb the impact on profitability
in the event of rising stress.
Loan growth to remain above industry average
VYSB intends to grow its loan book a few percentage points higher than the
industry average, with key focus on the SME and retail segments. Within retail,
mortgages and gold loans would be strong growth drivers.
Currently, loans against property (LAPs) constitute 20% of VYSB's mortgages
portfolio, but the share of LAPs in incremental mortgage loans is 40-45%. These
are better yielding loans (12.5-13%), which should also help the bank to expand
margins.
Another focus area for the bank is gold loans, where average yield is 15-16%.
The average ticket size is currently INR80k-90k, with loan-to-value (LTV) on
the portfolio at 70-75%.
Valuation and view
We expect VYSB to report earnings CAGR of ~15%+ and RoA of 1%+ over FY13-
14. However, RoE is likely to be ~13% due to lower leverage. Continued higher
than industry growth, demonstration of operating leverage and improvement
in fee income will be key re-rating triggers.
The stock trades at 1.3x FY13E BV and 1.1x FY14E BV. Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
Sohail Halai
+91 22 3982 5430
Sohail.Halai@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
55

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Kotak Mahindra Bank
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
KMB IN
Neutral
578
7.7
612/413
4/5/28
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Cons. PAT Cons. EPS EPS P/E
(INR m)
(INR)
Gr. (%) (x)
15,667
18,322
20,165
22,642
21.3
24.7
27.2
30.6
13.3
16.3
10.1
12.3
-
23.4
21.2
18.9
Cons. BV P/BV
(INR)
(x)
148.8
174.2
200.6
230.3
-
3.3
2.9
2.5
P/ABV Cons RoE RoAA* Core
(x)
(%)
(%) RoE* (%)
-
3.4
2.9
2.6
16.6
15.4
14.5
14.2
1.9
1.9
1.6
1.5
15.4
15.4
14.6
14.3
*For standalone Bank
Company Represented By:
Mr Jaimin Bhatt, President
& Group CFO
Mr R Sundarraman, Executive
Vice President
Key Takeaways
Growth expectations moderated led by macroeconomic factors
Kotak Mahindra Bank (KMB) toned down its loan growth guidance to 20%+
from 25-30% earlier, reflecting the difficult credit environment.
The bank is witnessing slowdown in demand in the retail segment, mainly in
car loans and mortgages. Also, it is consciously slowing down its growth in the
CV / CE segment, given the unfavorable macro environment.
However, the management remains confident that the consumer segment
would grow at 20-25%+.
Margins may remain under pressure
KMB's consolidated margins have contracted from 4.7% as on June 2012 to
~4.5% currently.
The management indicated that margins are likely to remain under pressure,
as the bank is going slow in some of the high yielding but relatively risky
segments (like CV / CE).
Incrementally, the bank's focus is to selectively increase exposure to high
rated corporates, where yields are relatively lower.
Asset quality remains monitorable; initial signs of stress visible in the retail
segment
In 1QFY13, KMB witnessed a spike in gross NPAs, led by one large corporate
account falling into the NPA category. Currently, no stress is visible in any such
large account, but the management remains watchful.
The management indicated that credit cost was substantially lower in FY12
and is unlikely to sustain. Credit cost is likely to increase in FY13. Though not
quantified, the current run rate meets the management's expectations.
In FY12, KMB had certain CIBIL write-backs (repayments from defaulters to
improve their score), which also led to improvement in asset quality.
Some pressure on asset quality in the retail segment has started becoming
visible.
Valuation and view
Moderating growth, expected deterioration in asset quality and higher base of
FY12 (on healthy recoveries and just 15bp credit cost in FY12) will put pressure on
the profitability of the lending business. Profitability of the capital market and
asset management businesses is likely to remain sluggish for the next few quarters.
The stock trades at 2.9x FY13E and 2.5x FY14E consolidated BV. Maintain
Neutral.
Covering Analyst(s):
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
Umang Shah
+91 22 3982 5521
Umang.Shah@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
56

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
LIC Housing Finance
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
LICHF IN
Buy
249
2.3
290/200
-5/-1/13
Year
End
3/11A
3/12E
3/13E
3/14E
Net Income PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
17,710
16,240
19,760
25,481
9,743
9,142
11,499
16,492
EPS
(INR)
20.5
18.1
22.8
32.7
EPS
Gr. (%)
47.3
-11.7
25.8
43.4
P/E
(X)
-
13.7
10.9
7.6
BV
(INR)
87.8
112.5
130.0
155.0
P/BV
(X)
-
2.2
1.9
1.6
P/ABV
(X)
-
2.2
1.9
1.6
RoAA
(%)
2.4
1.8
1.7
1.8
RoAE
(%)
27.2
20.3
18.8
21.3
Company Represented By:
Mr V K Sharma,
Director & Chief Executive
Mr Suresh Samtani,
CFO
Mr Sudipto Sil,
Manager - IR
Key Takeaways
Loan growth to remain buoyant; share of developer loans to increase
LIC Housing Finance (LICHF) expects loan growth to remain healthy at 20-25%.
Growth would predominantly be driven by healthy traction in tier-II and tier-
III centers.
Pick-up in developer loans is visible. The management targets to increase the
share of developer loans in the overall mix to ~6% from ~5% currently.
Margins to expand on a QoQ basis
Cost of funds increased sharply in 1QFY13 due to some high cost borrowings
towards the end of 4QFY12. Similar increase is unlikely in 2QFY13.
Margins should expand from current levels on the back of expansion in the
developer loan portfolio and re-pricing of teaser loans.
Reduction in CD rates does not benefit LICHF from a margin perspective;
movement in 5-year rates is a better indicator. Reduction in bank base rates
would help lower LICHF's cost of funds.
Asset quality remains healthy
Asset quality in the individual segment continues to be healthy.
The management does not foresee any stress on asset quality. Moderation in
growth in the developer portfolio in past few years and higher repayments in
the developer segment also reduces asset quality risk.
Regulatory changes
On the regulation warranting uniform rates for old and new customers, LICHF
mentioned that all its old and new customers are at similar rates.
Tier-I capital requirement is unlikely to go up as indicated by the NHB Chairman
in the media.
Valuation and view
While LICHF continues to deliver on growth and asset quality, it has disappointed
on the margin front. Margin expansion holds the key for further improvement in
return ratios. We factor in flat margins for FY13. The stock trades at 1.9x FY13E BV
of INR130 and 1.6x FY14E BV of INR155. Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Umang Shah
+91 22 3982 5521
Umang.Shah@MotilalOswal.com
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
57

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Mahindra Finance
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
MMFS IN
Buy
761
1.4
805/590
8/3/17
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Income PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
13,173
16,743
22,688
27,460
4,631
6,201
8,151
9,625
EPS
(INR)
45.2
60.4
79.4
93.7
EPS
Gr. (%)
26.0
33.6
31.4
18.1
P/E
(X)
-
12.6
9.6
8.1
BV
(INR)
243
287
346
415
P/BV
(X)
-
2.6
2.2
1.8
P/ABV RoA on RoAE
(X) AUM (%) (%)
-
2.7
2.3
1.9
3.7
3.5
3.6
3.5
22.0
22.8
25.1
24.6
Company Represented By:
Mr Dinesh Prajapati, Sr GM -
Treasury & Corporate Affairs
Mr Rakesh Bildani,
Manager - Treasury
Key Takeaways
Rural demand and product diversification to drive growth
Mahindra & Mahindra Financial Services (MMFS) is fairly confident of achieving
~25% AUM growth (on a higher base of FY12), driven by buoyant rural demand
and a diversified product portfolio.
Cars, used vehicles and CVs remain the major growth drivers for MMFS. 3QFY13
will remain the crucial quarter from the growth perspective, as demand during
the festive season will determine growth for the full year.
Margins likely to remain stable
The liquidity situation has improved considerably. Hence, the pressure on
funding costs has eased.
The management expects margins to remain largely stable.
Asset quality to remain healthy; risks of poor monsoon receding
The management cleared the air over fears related to asset quality. Asset
quality is likely to remain healthy, given that the monsoon deficit has now
narrowed substantially.
Asset quality has remained under control so far, and the management indicated
that by the time the quarter ends, there could be some improvement as well.
Impending regulatory changes to impact asset quality, but MMFS better off than
peers
If the asset classification norms are made applicable to AFCs and NPAs are to
be recognized on a 90-day basis, GNPAs could increase by ~INR3b (GNPAs stood
at INR7.6b as on June 2012). The increase would be lower compared with
other AFCs, as MMFS recognizes NPAs on a conservative basis.
Valuation and view
MMFS is well positioned to sustain its qualitative growth momentum on the back
of its multi-product strategy. This also augurs well from the asset quality
perspective. We are factoring in AUM and earnings CAGR of ~25% over FY12-14.
The stock trades at 2.2x FY13E BV and 1.8x FY14E BV. Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Umang Shah
+91 22 3982 5521
Umang.Shah@MotilalOswal.com
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
58

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Manappuram Finance
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
MGFL IN
Not Rated
37
0.6
66/18
14/-12/-27
Key Takeaways
Post regulatory changes funding remains a major challenge
Post regulatory changes, gold loan companies are losing out to unorganized
money lenders and private banks that are getting aggressive in the gold loan
business.
Under the new securitization guidelines, loans by gold loan companies do not
qualify for either assignment or securitization.
Following the regulatory changes (bank funding has become difficult due to
exposure cap and absence of securitization as a route for resource
mobilization), funding has been a major challenge for Manappuram Finance
(MGFL).
The management believes that the KUB Rao Committee report should bring
an end to most uncertainties related to gold loan companies.
Growth expected to be muted in FY13
After a period of substantially high growth over the past few years, MGFL
wants to consolidate its position in FY13.
The management has guided 5-10% AUM growth for FY13. In 1QFY13, AUM had
declined by ~7% QoQ; growth is likely to pick up in 2HFY13.
MGFL has changed its benchmark gold rate (against which it lends) to a 7-day
moving average as against a 90-day moving average earlier.
Asset quality should improve from 1QFY13 levels
In 1QFY13, gold loan net NPAs increased sharply from 0.3% as on March 2012 to
0.71% on account of delays in auction processing due to revised RBI guidelines
on gold auctioning.
The company has re-worked its auctioning process in accordance with the RBI
guidelines. The resultant steep increase in NPAs (largely technical in nature)
is likely to normalize in the coming quarters.
Tight control on opex to be maintained; branch network to remain at ~3,000
MGFL has maintained a tight leash on operating expenses and will continue to
do so. The management expects to save INR500m-600m on ad spends in the
current fiscal.
MGFL opened 63 new branches in 1QFY13, taking its total branch network to
2,971. No significant branch addition is expected during the year. The
management plans to close the year with a branch network of ~3,000.
On the HR front, the employee headcount as on June 2012 stood at ~19,000
employees, up 6.5% YoY but down 13% QoQ. The management expects the
employee headcount to be lower on a YoY basis by March 2013. This will also
help the company to reduce costs.
Company Represented By:
Mr I Unnikrishnan, MD
Mr Sachin Agrawal, VP
Covering Analyst(s):
Umang Shah
+91 22 3982 5521
Umang.Shah@MotilalOswal.com
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
59

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Muthoot Finance
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
MUTH IN
Not Rated
126
0.8
191/106
-3/-18/-37
Key Takeaways
Regulatory changes leading to lost of market share
Post regulatory changes, gold loan companies are losing out to unorganized
money lenders and private banks that are getting aggressive in the gold loan
business.
With the introduction of the LTV cap, a lot of small ticket business is going to
unorganized money lenders, while private banks are gaining share in the high
ticket business.
Under the new securitization guidelines, loans by gold loan companies do not
qualify for either assignment or securitization. Muthoot Finance's (MUTH)
existing off balance sheet portfolio (~INR17b as on June 2012) is expected to
run down in the current fiscal.
FY13 to be year of consolidation
The management has guided 5-10% AUM growth by March 2013. While AUM
declined QoQ in 1QFY13 and might remain muted in 2Q, growth is likely to
pick up in 2HFY13.
The management indicated that if the regulations become less stringent, then
on a steady state basis, MUTH can easily grow at ~20%.
MUTH has curtailed its advertising spends and has not been advertising heavily
since the last 3-4 months. The management believes that once the environment
becomes conducive, the ad spends and activity will go up, translating into
higher business growth.
Asset quality likely to improve from 1QFY13 levels
In 1QFY13, GNPAs spiked to 1.28% from 0.56% as on March 2012 on account of
delays in auction processing due to revised RBI guidelines on gold auctioning.
However, the increase was largely technical in nature and is likely to normalize
in the coming quarters.
Branch expansion to slowdown
The company has a tight leash on operating expenses and the opex to assets
ratio is likely to remain at current levels.
Branch expansion momentum is likely to slow down in FY13. MUTH opened
~100 branches in 1QFY13 and may close the year with ~250 new branches.
Company Represented By:
Mr George Alexander
Muthoot, Managing Director
Mr C V Balasankar, GM
(Credit & Operations)
Covering Analyst(s):
Umang Shah
+91 22 3982 5521
Umang.Shah@MotilalOswal.com
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
60

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Rural Electric Corporation
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
RECL IN
Buy
194
3.4
251/142
1/-8/6
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Inc.
(INR m)
36,443
40,780
49,592
59,586
PAT
(INR m)
25,664
28,173
34,275
41,195
EPS
(INR)
25.9
28.6
34.7
41.7
EPS
Gr. (%)
28.2
10.1
21.5
20.2
P/E
(X)
-
6.8
5.6
4.7
BV
(INR)
129
149
172
199
P/BV
(X)
-
1.3
1.1
1.0
RoAA
(%)
3.4
3.0
3.0
3.1
RoAE
(%)
21.5
20.5
21.6
22.5
Company Represented By:
Mr Ajeet Agarwal,
Director- Finance
Mr Rakesh Kumar Arora,
GM - Finance
Mr Sanjay Kumar,
DGM - F&A
Key Takeaways
Macro issues impacting sector
The management believes that the government is keen to resolve the fuel
supply issue. Though it expects the issue to eventually get resolved, it believes
that there could be some procedural delays.
Long-term PPAs need to be renegotiated and an escalation clause has to be
introduced to resolve the issue relating to fuel supply.
Growth guidance maintained at ~20%
Loan growth remained healthy in 1QFY13 at 24% YoY. The management expects
growth to remain healthy, as there is still enough demand for funds in the T&D
segment and some greenfield generation projects are being taken up by state
entities.
For FY13, Rural Electrification Corporation (RECL) targets sanctions worth
INR500b (flat YoY) and has already achieved ~INR300b till date.
Margins to remain stable
RECL's margins are likely to remain stable at 4.3-4.4%. The company has been
actively managing its liability mix, which has helped it to maintain a healthy
margin profile.
Asset quality remains a key monitorable
RECL does not expect any large project to fall into the NPA category.
Large projects, Konaseema and Shree Maheshwar, which got classified as NPAs,
are unlikely to get upgraded anytime soon. RECL may have to make additional
provisions of 10% on these, if they remain in the NPA category for another 12
months.
RECL has proposed to make 0.25% standard asset provisions and amortize the
liability on the existing book over three years starting from FY14. If approved,
RECL will have to make additional provisions of ~INR1b from FY14 onwards.
RECL has rescheduled loans worth INR200b so far. However, there has been no
reset of interest rates, no haircut and no NPV loss on any of these loans. Only
the principal repayment has been rescheduled, while the interest servicing
remains unchanged.
Valuation and view
We model loan CAGR of ~19% over FY12-14. Return ratios are likely to remain
healthy, with average RoA of ~3% and RoE of over 20%. The stock trades at 1.1x
FY13E BV and 1x FY14E BV. Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Umang Shah
+91 22 3982 5521
Umang.Shah@MotilalOswal.com
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
61

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Shriram Transport Finance
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
SHTF IN
Buy
619
2.5
707/416
6/10/-7
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Inc.
(INR m)
30,680
34,130
36,273
41,445
PAT
(INR m)
12,028
12,574
13,542
15,930
EPS
(INR)
53.2
55.6
59.8
70.4
EPS
GR. (%)
37.4
4.5
7.7
17.6
P/E
(X)
-
11.1
10.3
8.8
BV
(INR)
217
265
316
377
P/BV
(X)
-
2.3
2.0
1.6
RoA on
AUM (%)
3.2
2.8
2.6
2.6
RoAE
(%)
27.5
23.1
20.6
20.3
Company Represented By:
Mr Umesh Revankar, MD
Mr Sanjay Mundra, VP
Key Takeaways
Growth guidance maintained; likely to remain back ended
Shriram Transport Finance (SHTF) maintains its AUM growth guidance for FY13
at 12-15%, with growth likely to be largely back-ended. If the ban on mining is
lifted, there could be a spike in growth.
In the medium term too, growth is likely to remain at 12-15%, as the base has
become fairly large.
Funding costs have peaked, but may not decline substantially
SHTF expects margins to remain in the range of 7-8%.
The management indicated that funding costs have peaked and wholesale
rates have started to cool off. However, the rates are unlikely to decline sharply
from current levels. SHTF expects rates to decline 25-50bp from current levels
in FY13.
Asset quality unlikely to deteriorate significantly
The management indicated that asset quality is unlikely to deteriorate
significantly and GNPAs are likely to remain at ~3% levels.
If NPA classification norms are tightened to 90 days from 180 days, there will
be a spike in GNPAs (one-time impact). GNPAs could increase to 5.5-6% levels
from ~3% currently.
If the provisioning norms are tightened and brought at par with banks, the
management believes that the RBI may provide some moratorium to amortize
provisions to be made on the existing book.
Regulatory headwinds receding
The final securitization guidelines are likely to be beneficial for SHTF, as they
eliminate most negative recommendations (for SHTF) in the draft guidelines.
SHTF remains positive about continuing with its securitization activities
without significantly impacting earnings.
Valuation and view
Apart from slowdown in asset growth, regulatory headwinds have been a major
challenge for SHTF. With most regulatory changes coming through, the only
regulatory uncertainty is on account of revised norms for NBFCs as proposed by
the Usha Thorat Committee. The stock trades at 2x FY13E BV and 1.6x FY14E BV,
factoring in most concerns prevailing today. Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Umang Shah
+91 22 3982 5521
Umang.Shah@MotilalOswal.com
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
62

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
State Bank of India
Bloomberg
SBIN IN
Rating
Buy
CMP (INR)
1,843
Mcap (USD b)
22.2
52-Wk Range (INR) 2,475/1,576
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%) -10/-17/-14
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Income PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
483,510
576,425
646,494
741,295
82,645
117,073
147,230
173,510
EPS
Cons. Cons. Cons.BV Cons.
Cons. RoAA
(INR) EPS (INR) P/E (x)* (INR) P/BV (x)*P/ABV (x)* (%)
130.2
174.5
219.4
258.6
168.3
228.6
275.7
329.3
-
7.7
6.3
5.3
1,303
1,541
1,766
2,035
-
1.1
1.0
0.9
-
1.3
1.3
1.1
0.7
0.9
1.0
1.0
RoAE
(%)
12.7
16.0
16.9
17.4
*Valuation multiples are adjusted for SBI Life's value
Company Represented By:
Mr Pratip Chaudhuri,
Chairman
Mr Diwakar Gupta,
Managing Director & CFO
Mr Sunil Pant,
Chief General Manager
Ms G Rita,
General manager
Key Takeaways
NIM at core of bank's strategy; focusing on retail liabilities for growth
State Bank of India (SBIN) is confident of improving margins (reiterated 375bp
guidance for FY13), as it is likely to utilize the excess SLR to fund loans (wherein
the yield differential would be 250-300bp).
Large number of savings accounts from government entities (like 1.3m for
Indian Railways employees, 0.8m for Indian Railways pensioners, 1.5m for
Indian Army, etc) and strong relationships in the large corporate segment will
keep the momentum in savings deposits strong.
Improving share of retail deposits (especially low cost deposits) would help
SBIN to contain cost of funds and expand margins. NIM in July 2012 has
improved as compared with the level in June 2012.
Macro environment remains challenging; not much relief on asset quality
There were slippages of INR108.4b in 1QFY13 (annualized slippage ratio of
5.6%), led by higher stress in Pharmaceuticals, Construction, Engineering,
Construction and EPC (due to delays in release of payments by the
government).
While slippages are expected to decline on a higher base of 1QFY13,
improvement in the macroeconomic conditions would be vital. SBIN will
continue to follow its conservative policy of recognizing stress upfront as
against restructuring of the same. SBIN has also reduced SME loan rates to
retain high quality borrowers.
Other highlights
There is huge opportunity in retail loans, especially home loans and auto loans.
Consumer credit is gaining strong traction, with reduction in interest rates.
With 100bp fall in interest rates for car loans, volumes have multiplied to 3x.
SBIN will focus on reducing the proportion of bulk deposits and on improving
its cost to income ratio.
Valuation and view
Continued higher stress in the macroeconomic environment and the
management's policy of recognizing stress upfront rather than restructuring
may keep slippages at an elevated level. Improvement in upgradations and
recoveries would be critical to provide impetus to asset quality.
While in 1QFY13, margins came under pressure, the management remains
confident of improving margins hereon. This coupled with increase in fee
income would help SBIN to absorb asset quality pressure to an extent. Further,
absence of one-off provisioning (INR25b) and higher base of MTM provisions
(INR7b) will provide strong cushion to earnings in FY13.
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
Sohail Halai
+91 22 3982 5430
Sohail.Halai@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
63

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Union Bank of India
Bloomberg
UNBK IN
Rating
Buy
CMP (INR)
154
Mcap (USD b)
1.5
52-Wk Range (INR)
274/151
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%) -11/-34/-45
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Income PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
82,550
92,413
102,963
117,041
20,819
17,871
23,383
26,474
EPS
(INR)
39.6
32.3
42.3
47.9
EPS
GR. (%)
-3.6
-18.5
31.0
13.3
P/E
(X)
-
4.8
3.6
3.2
BV
(INR)
211
236
268
305
P/BV
(X)
-
0.7
0.6
0.5
P/ABV
(X)
-
0.8
0.7
0.7
RoAA
(%)
1.0
0.7
0.8
0.8
RoAE
(%)
20.9
14.8
16.8
16.7
Company Represented By:
Mr S S Mundra,
Executive Director
Mr Nirupam Mehta,
Chief Financial Officer
Mr Mayank Mehta,
Dy. General Manager
Key Takeaways
Slippages to decline, but remain at an elevated level
With the prevalent challenging economic conditions, gross slippages are likely
to increase to INR7b-8b per quarter as against the normalized quarterly run-
rate of INR5b-6b seen in 2HFY12. This, however, would be significantly lower
than the INR16.3b reported in 1QFY13.
The management mentioned that system-based NPA recognition and general
stress in the segment has led to higher delinquency in agri segment. However,
it believes that delinquency in this segment has peaked and improvement in
recoveries should help to lower the GNPA ratio in this segment.
The management mentioned that of the slippages in 1QFY13, it expects INR5b
to be recovered / upgraded in 2Q and 3QFY13. This coupled with other
recoveries and upgradations should help asset quality.
Overall, the management mentioned that in absolute terms, it expects to
contain GNPAs at levels similar to 1QFY13 (i.e. INR65.4b). Aided by growth in
the loan portfolio, the GNPA ratio would decline.
Restructuring to continue in corporate segment
Challenges in the macro environment have led to general increase in stress
levels in the large and mid-corporate segments. Restructuring is likely to
continue in the remainder of FY13. In 1QFY13, UNBK restructured INR16b.
UNBK's total exposure to SEBs stood at INR110b, of which INR58b is towards
healthy SEBs (example Gujarat: INR35b) and INR34b has already been
restructured. Hence, restructuring of SEBs would be limited.
Post stress test analysis, the management expects INR25b-30b to be
restructured in the rest of FY13, a large part of which would be ex-SEBs.
Margins and fee income growth to improve
In 1QFY13, NIM declined by 25bp+ to 3% - partially seasonal and also due to
higher slippages. The management expects to maintain NIM hereon and
expects FY13 NIM to be 3%+. Further improvement in fee income growth will
keep operating profitability healthy.
Valuation and view
Healthy margins and fee income should lead to operating profit CAGR of 16%+
over FY13-14. RoA and RoE are likely to be 0.8% and ~17%, respectively. However,
volatile asset quality performance in the past, uncertain macroeconomic
environment and expectation of higher restructuring will remain overhangs.
Valuation of 0.5x FY14E BV and dividend yield of 5.2% (FY12) factor in the negatives.
Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
Sohail Halai
+91 22 3982 5430
Sohail.Halai@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
64

Sector:
Financials
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Yes Bank
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
YES IN
Buy
336
2.1
389/231
-10/-3/18
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Income PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
18,702
24,728
32,725
40,456
7,271
9,770
12,512
15,026
EPS
(INR)
20.9
27.7
35.4
42.6
EPS
Gr. (%)
48.9
32.1
28.1
20.1
P/E
(X)
-
12.1
9.5
7.9
BV
(INR)
109
132
162
197
P/BV
(X)
-
2.5
2.1
1.7
P/ABV
(X)
-
2.5
2.1
1.7
RoAA
(%)
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
RoAE
(%)
21.1
23.1
24.1
23.7
Company Represented By:
Mr Jaideep Iyer,
Sr. President, Financial
Management
Ms Vatsala Bhatt,
Associate - FIS
Key Takeaways
NIM to improve, led by fall in cost of funds; fee income growth to moderate
YES has been able to maintain margins at ~2.8% despite liquidity conditions
being adverse. With expected fall in interest rates, the management expects
margins to improve to 2.9-3% by March 2012.
Fee income growth would be in line with balance sheet growth, with strong
growth expected in transaction banking and retail fees; fees from financial
advisory and financial markets are likely to moderate.
Balance sheet growth to be 20-25%
In light of the uncertain macro environment, Yes Bank (YES) has revised its
customer asset growth guidance for FY13 from 25%+ to 20-25%.
The management mentioned that most of the non-SLR investments are of
grade A+ (average duration of three years); hence, the risk of delinquency is
low. While the yield on investments is lower than the yield on loans, YES
would be looking at selling a part of the book and earn investment gains once
interest rate reverses.
Traction in SA deposit continues; CASA guidance of 30% by FY15 unchanged
Post deregulation, growth in SA deposits has accelerated. SA deposits as a
percentage of overall deposits have increased to 6% in 1QFY13 v/s 2% in 2HFY12.
While SA deposit accretion slowed down in 1QFY13 to INR5b, it was due to
some bulky repayment. The management mentioned that the quarterly run
rate of SA deposits is INR7b-8b and that YES is opening 70k-80k accounts a
quarter as against 18k-20k pre-deregulation.
The management targets to achieve CASA ratio of 20% for FY13 and increase it
further to 30% by FY15.
Other highlights
Opex growth would be 25-30% on the back of continuous expansion. As a
result, cost to income ratio would be 38-41%.
Asset quality remains strong, but the uncertain economic environment remains
a key risk.
Valuation and view
Strong growth, proven execution capabilities, resilience, margin performance,
diversified fee income and superior return ratios are the key positives for YES.
While operating performance remains strong, any negative surprise on asset
quality remains a key risk.
We expect EPS CAGR of ~24% over FY12-14 (without dilution) after 42% EPS
CAGR over FY08- 12. We expect RoA of ~1.5%; however, due to higher leverage,
RoE would be ~24% over FY12-14. Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Alpesh Mehta
+91 22 3982 5415
Alpesh.Mehta@MotilalOswal.com
Sohail Halai
+91 22 3982 5430
Sohail.Halai@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
65

Sector:
Healthcare
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
GlaxoSmithKline Pharmaceuticals
Bloomberg
GLXO IN
Rating
Buy
CMP (INR)
2,081
Mcap (USD b)
3.2
52-Wk Range (INR) 2,338/1,830
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
-7/1/-14
Year
End
12/10A
12/11A
12/12E
12/13E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
21,116
23,380
25,650
28,899
5,814
6,314
6,864
7,840
EPS
(INR)
68.6
74.5
81.0
92.6
EPS
Gr. (%)
15.2
8.6
8.7
14.2
P/E
(X)
-
27.9
25.7
22.5
P/BV
(X)
-
9.2
8.6
7.7
RoE
(%)
30.1
32.9
33.5
34.2
RoCE
(%)
44.8
47.9
48.9
49.9
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
6.6
6.0
5.3
-
20.8
19.5
16.7
Company Represented By:
Dr. Hasit Joshipura, MD
Mr Mehernosh Kapadia, Sr. ED
Key Takeaways
GlaxoSmithKline Pharmaceuticals (GLXO) continues to target 12% growth for its
pharmaceuticals business in CY12.
Guidance: Pharma sales growth of 12% for CY12, slight pressure on EBITDA margins
The management has guided for CY12 topline growth of 12% for the pharma
business (our estimates are in line with the management guidance), led by a
combination of new launches, ramp-up in products launched in the last two
years and minor price increases.
EBITDA margins are likely to remain under slight pressure, mainly due to future
investments and adverse exchange rate.
Pharma business: Expect 12% growth for CY12
The management has guided 12% growth for the pharma business (~95% of
overall revenues). Growth will be adversely impacted by lower incidence of
infectious diseases, given the rainfall situation. While GLXO reported 16%
topline growth for the June quarter, we believe that the growth may come off
in the September quarter.
Growth will be led by ramp-up in sales of products launched in the last 2-3
years, as well as aggressive new launches and price increases for few products.
Profitability to remain under slight pressure
GLXO's EBITDA margins have shrunk from 35% in CY10 to 31-32%.
EBITDA margins have declined mainly due to higher investments for future
growth (including increased pace of new launches), higher input costs and an
adverse exchange rate.
We estimate that EBITDA margins will remain in the 31-32% range for CY12-13.
New Pharma Policy: No clarity
The management has indicated that, as of now, it does not have any clarity on the
implementation of the New Pharma Policy, given the multiple suggestions that
the Group of Ministers (GoM) has received from various interested parties.
Valuation and view
We believe that GLXO is one of the best plays on the IPR regime in India, with
aggressive plans to launch new products in the high-growth lifestyle segments. It
is likely to sustain double-digit topline growth over the next few years. GLXO
deserves premium valuations due to strong parentage, brand-building ability and
likely positioning in the post patent era. It is one of the few companies with the
ability to drive reasonable growth without major capital requirement, leading to
high RoCE of 45-50%. Our estimates exclude the potential adverse impact of the
proposed New Pharma Policy, pending implementation. Stock is valued at 25.7x
CY12E and 22.5x CY13E EPS.
Buy
with a target price of INR2,314 (25x CY13E EPS).
Covering Analyst(s):
Nimish Desai
+91 22 3982 5406
NimishDesai@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
66

Sector:
Healthcare
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Glenmark Pharmaceuticals
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
GNP IN
Buy
412
2.0
427/265
4/33/17
Year
End
03/11A
03/12A
03/13E
03/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
29,491
40,206
47,946
54,603
3,548
3,244
5,493
7,713
EPS
(INR)
12.5
11.4
19.3
27.1
EPS
Gr. (%)
7.2
-8.6
69.3
40.4
P/E
(X)
-
36.1
21.3
15.3
P/BV
(X)
-
4.6
3.8
3.0
RoE
(%)
17.4
13.5
18.6
20.8
RoCE
(%)
13.4
12.1
17.5
20.9
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
3.2
2.7
2.3
-
13.1
13.6
10.9
Company has adopted IFRS accounting wef FY11. Estimates exclude one-off upsides
Company Represented By:
Mr Glenn Saldanha, CMD
Mr Percy Birdy, Sr. VP.
Mr Jason D'souza, GM -
Corporate Communications
Key Takeaways
Glenmark Pharmaceuticals (GNP) reiterated its guidance of 22-25% topline growth
and INR9b-9.25b EBITDA for FY13.
US business: Expect over 20% growth
GNP appears to be on good traction, led by new launches and gradual ramp-up
in its oral contraceptives (OC) portfolio. It expects to launch ~5 OCs in 2QFY13,
for which approvals are already in place.
The management has also indicated that it is unlikely to get adversely impacted
by the patent cliff, given the expected ramp-up in its differentiated portfolio.
It targets to file 16-18 ANDAs in FY13 and has 39 ANDAs pending approval. We
expect the US business to record 22% CAGR over FY12-14.
India formulations: Growth continues to be strong
The management indicated that it will continue to outperform average industry
growth in the coming quarters by 13-15%.
It expects industry growth to slow down a little in 2QFY13, given the monsoon
situation, which has led to lower incidence of infectious diseases.
We expect GNP's India business to record 18% CAGR over FY12-14.
Emerging markets: To grow by over 20%
GNP's emerging markets portfolio is likely to record over 20% CAGR, led by
increased traction in semi-regulated markets and growth recovery in the LatAm
region. We expect 23% CAGR in GNP's emerging market revenues over FY12-14.
NCE research: Awaiting Revamilast data
Revamilast clinical data will be available by 1QFY14, post which GNP will
evaluate potential out-licensing partners.
It has refrained from giving any guidance for NCE licensing income for FY13.
Improving balance sheet
While GNP has brought its net working capital under control (at 125-130 days), net
debt continues to be high at INR22.4b (partly because of exchange rate). The
management is targeting debt reduction of ~INR2b in FY13.
Valuation and view
We believe that improved working capital and moderate capex will give the
management flexibility to target debt reduction. Return ratios are likely to improve
gradually over the next two years, with RoCE increasing from 12.1% to 21% and
RoE improving from 13.5% to 21%. GNP has differentiated itself among Indian
pharmaceutical companies through significant success in NCE research. The stock
trades at 21.3x FY13E and 15.3x FY14E EPS.
Buy
with a target price of INR446 (16x
FY14E EPS + INR12/share DCF value for Crofelemer and Para-IV upsides).
Covering Analyst(s):
Nimish Desai
+91 22 3982 5406
NimishDesai@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
67

Sector:
Healthcare
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
IPCA Laboratories
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
IPCA IN
Buy
406
0.9
425/230
-1/19/20
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
18,969
23,587
27,855
32,257
2,628
2,762
3,866
4,709
EPS
(INR)
20.9
21.9
30.6
37.3
EPS
Gr. (%)
25.7
4.7
40.0
21.8
P/E
(X)
-
18.5
13.2
10.9
P/BV
(X)
-
4.1
3.3
2.6
RoE
(%)
27.4
24.0
27.4
26.9
RoCE
(%)
25.6
24.1
28.7
28.6
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
2.4
2.0
1.7
-
11.0
8.9
7.5
Company Represented By:
Mr A. K. Jain, Jt-MD
Mr Harish Kamath, Sr. VP
Key Takeaways
Ipca Laboratories (IPCA) continues to target sustainable topline growth of 20-22%
and gradual expansion in EBITDA margins.
Guidance: Topline growth of 20-22% for FY13, EBITDA margins to improve
The management has guided topline growth of 20-22% (v/s our estimate of
18-19% growth) for FY13, led mainly by exports.
EBITDA margins are likely to expand by 100-200bp, led by growth recovery in
India and favorable currency.
The management has indicated that some more MTM forex losses are likely in
2QFY13 over the INR590m already booked in 1QFY13.
India formulations: Expect 15-16% growth for FY13
The management has guided just 15-16% growth for FY13, despite a low base
of FY12, as the anti-malaria business is yet to pick up, given the delayed
monsoon season.
We are forecasting 15% growth for this business, driven mainly by higher
growth in the Pain Management and CVS categories.
US business: Next growth driver
The company has commenced transfer filings to the recently approved Indore
SEZ, with 1 transfer filing done and 4-5 more in the pipeline.
It will also improve the pace of new filings, since the SEZ's expanded capacity
is available, thus mitigating supply capacity constraints.
The company will witness the full benefit of the new capacity in FY14. We
expect this business to grow at 37% CAGR over FY12-14.
Institutional business: Reasonable visibility for future growth
Revenues from this business have expanded from INR270m in FY10 to INR3b
by FY12, led by execution of new supply contracts.
The management is confident of growing this business further (though at a
more moderate pace), given the visibility of future order flows and availability
of funding for WHO programs from various international agencies.
We expect 18% revenue CAGR from this business for FY12-14.
Valuation and view
Strong traction in exports and growth recovery in the domestic formulations
business will be the key triggers for IPCA over the next two years. We expect IPCA
to clock EPS CAGR of 30% over FY12-14 on the back of 17% revenue CAGR, coupled
with 100bp EBITDA margin expansion and reversal of MTM forex losses. Return
ratios continue to be strong, with RoCE of ~28% and RoE of 27%. The stock currently
trades at 13.2x FY13E and 10.9x FY14E EPS. We reiterate
Buy,
with a target price of
INR523 (14x FY14E EPS).
Covering Analyst(s):
Nimish Desai
+91 22 3982 5406
NimishDesai@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
68

Sector:
Healthcare
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Lupin
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
LPC IN
Buy
571
4.6
604/410
-4/18/14
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
57,068
69,597
88,090
101,091
8,582
8,676
10,649
13,830
EPS
(INR)
19.3
19.4
23.8
31.0
EPS
GR. (%)
25.9
0.7
22.7
29.9
P/E
(X)
-
29.4
23.9
18.4
P/BV
(X)
-
6.4
5.3
4.4
RoE
(%)
29.3
23.8
24.1
26.1
RoCE
(%)
25.1
24.6
26.6
27.6
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
3.8
3.0
2.6
-
20.2
15.7
13.0
Company Represented By:
Mr Ramesh Swaminathan,
President - Finance &
Planning
Key Takeaways
Lupin reiterated strong growth traction for FY13 and its INR135b topline guidance
by FY15.
US business: Strong traction ahead, led by new launches
Lupin has guided strong traction in the US business in the coming quarters, led
by increased pace of new launches, part commercialization of its oral
contraceptive (OC) portfolio and a few patent challenges / low-competition
opportunities.
It expects 20-25 new launches in the US in FY13 and has retained its long-term
guidance of launching ~120 products in the US market over the next 3-4 years.
India formulations: Growth continues to be strong
The management has indicated sustained momentum in the India formulations
business.
We forecast 20% CAGR over FY12-14 for this business, led by ramp-up in chronic
therapies, addition of field force strength and increased geographical
penetration.
Japan business: Expect gradual improvement in profitability
The management has reiterated that it expects gradual improvement in the
profitability of its Japanese operations over the next two years.
The higher profitability will be led by likely improvement in margins for Irom
and a gradual shift in manufacturing of some of its products to the company's
India facilities.
Inorganic initiatives: Future acquisitions could be larger in size
Lupin's current size makes it imperative that future acquisitions be of a certain
minimum size to have a material impact for the company.
Acquisitions could be targeted at emerging markets or for acquiring brands in
the US market.
Valuation and view
Key growth drivers will be: (1) increased traction in India formulations and
emerging markets, (2) strong launch pipeline for the US, and (3) contribution from
OCs in the US. We expect 26% EPS CAGR over FY12-14. Significant
internationalization of operations without dilution of return ratios has been Lupin's
key achievement over the last five years. We expect this to sustain. The stock
trades at 23.9x FY13E and 18.4x FY14 EPS. Maintain
Buy
with a target price of INR620
(20x FY14E EPS).
Covering Analyst(s):
Nimish Desai
+91 22 3982 5406
NimishDesai@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
69

Sector:
Healthcare
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Sun Pharmaceuticals
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
SUNP IN
Neutral
681
12.7
690/448
3/25/35
Year
Net Sales
PAT
End
(INR m) (INR m)
3/11A
52,066
14,041
3/12A* 80,057
25,873
3/12A
74,406
23,228
3/13E
90,146
27,058
3/14E
110,895 30,006
*Including Para-IV/one-off
EPS
EPS
(INR) Gr. (%)
13.6
47.8
25.0
42.5
22.4
65.4
26.1
16.5
29.0
10.9
upsides
P/E
(X)
50.2
27.3
26.1
23.5
P/BV
(X)
-
5.8
4.9
4.3
RoE
(%)
16.2
21.5
20.5
19.5
RoCE
(%)
23.4
30.3
29.8
26.7
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
-
8.1
20.1
6.3
5.5
16.4
15.6
Company Represented By:
Mr Uday Baldota,
Sr.VP - Accounts & Finance
Ms Mira Desai, GM - Corp
Communications
Key Takeaways
Sun Pharmaceutical Industries (SUNP) has retained its 18-20% topline growth
guidance for FY13.
Guidance: Topline growth of 18-20% for FY13
The management has not revised its FY13 guidance despite the strong
performance in 1Q (with topline growth of 62%). We are forecasting 24% topline
growth for FY13.
It has retained its 18-20% topline growth guidance for FY13 and has cautioned
about a potential decline in Taro's profitability.
India formulations: Underlying growth continues to be strong
While the underlying growth is likely to sustain at 20%, SUNP's 1HFY13
performance may be adversely impacted due to the one-time sales of INR1.8b
booked by the company in 4QFY12.
On reported basis, we expect 13% growth for this business in FY13.
US business: Cautions on Taro profitability, Doxil supplies
The management has reiterated that the price increase undertaken by Taro
for some of its dermatology products may not be sustainable, and hence,
Taro's EBITDA margins may decline. It also expects increased R&D investments
to strengthen Taro's generic pipeline in the coming quarters.
While the temporary imports allowed by the US FDA for generic Doxil continue,
J&J is expected to start supplying this product in the next few months, post
which SUNP's supplies may stop.
Inorganic initiatives: Denies interest in acquiring Stada
SUNP has ~USD1b in cash, and hence, acquisition rumors surface periodically. The
management has denied the latest rumors of it planning to acquire Stada. However,
it has indicated that the company will look at acquisitions directed mainly towards
the US market. We believe that future acquisitions could be larger than past
inorganic initiatives.
Valuation and view
An expanding generic portfolio coupled with sustained double-digit growth in
high-margin lifestyle segments in India is likely to bring in long-term benefits for
SUNP. Its ability to sustain superior margins even on a high base is a clear positive.
Key drivers for the future include: (1) ramp-up in US business, (2) monetization of
the Para-IV pipeline in the US, (3) launch of controlled substances in the US, and
(4) sustenance of Taro's high profitability. The stock is currently valued at 26.1x
FY13E and 23.5x FY14E core earnings. While we are positive on SUNP's business
outlook, rich valuations have tempered our bullishness.
Neutral
with a target
price of INR730 (25x FY14E EPS). Inorganic initiatives are a key risk to our rating.
Covering Analyst(s):
Nimish Desai
+91 22 3982 5406
NimishDesai@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
70

Sector:
Media
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
DB Corp
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
DBCL IN
Not Rated
184
0.6
253/170
-12/-8/-33
Year
End
03/09A
03/10A
03/11A
03/12A
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
9,610
10,630
12,652
14,638
476
1,828
2,293
2,021
EPS
(INR)
2.8
10.1
12.6
11.0
EPS
Gr. (%)
-37.3
257.0
24.8
-12.3
P/E
(X)
-
18.3
14.6
16.7
P/BV
(X)
-
5.1
4.0
3.5
RoE
(%)
19.0
39.6
30.9
22.6
RoCE
(%)
9.0
20.7
24.6
17.8
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
3.3
2.7
2.3
-
10.1
8.5
9.6
Company Represented By:
Mr Aneil Mahajan, COO
Mr Prasoon Kumar Pandey,
Head Investor Relations
Ms Vinatha Shetty, Assistant
Manager, Investor Relations
Key Takeaways
While the advertising environment remains tough, there are early indications of
decline in national advertising getting arrested. DB Corp reported flat YoY ad
revenue in 1QFY13, as growth in local advertising (>60% of ad revenue) was offset
by decline in national advertising. Ad growth could improve if the recent stability
in national advertising continues. Cost control remains the key focus area, with
growth in non-newsprint expenses likely to be contained within single digits;
newsprint cost should remain flat, given stable prices/reduced pagination.
Early indications of decline in national advertising getting arrested
Recent trends point towards stable national advertising as compared to YoY
declines witnessed in past quarters.
If national advertising remains table, ad growth for the company could bounce
back to positive territory v/s no growth in 1QFY13.
Newsprint cost to remain stable; cost-cutting initiatives underway to contain other
operating costs
DB Corp expects newsprint costs (45% of total costs) to remain stable on a YoY
basis, given reduced pagination and stable newsprint prices.
The company is undertaking various cost-cutting initiatives, which will reflect
in financials over the next two quarters.
Increase in other operating costs is likely to be arrested at single-digit levels
during FY13.
Expect ~50% YoY decline in FY13 EBITDA loss from emerging editions
DB Corp has put all new launches on hold until the advertising environment
improves.
EBITDA loss from emerging editions was just INR121m in 1QFY13 as compared
to the FY12 level of ~INR0.8b.
The company expects ~50% YoY decline in EBITDA loss from emerging editions
during FY13.
Valuation and view
The stock is trading at 15.6x FY13E and 13.1x FY14E EPS (based on consensus
estimates). We do not cover DB Corp currently.
Covering Analyst(s):
Shobhit Khare
+91 22 3982 5428
Shobhit.Khare@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
71

Sector:
Media
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Dish TV
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
DITV IN
Neutral
68
1.3
84/52
-4/25/-17
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
14,366
19,578
22,622
28,197
-1,897
-1,588
-653
314
EPS
(INR)
-1.8
-1.5
-0.6
0.3
EPS
Gr. (%)
-
-
-
-
P/E
(X)
-
-
-
230.4
P/BV
(X)
115.2
-
-
-
RoE
(%)
-
-
-
-
RoCE
(%)
-
-
2
10
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
5.4
4.0
3.5
2.8
32.6
15.9
12.5
9.6
Company Represented By:
Mr Rajiv Dalmia, CFO
Mr Tarun Nanda, DVP -
Finance & IR
Key Takeaways
The rate of subscriber additions remains subdued due to macroeconomic
slowdown and significant power shortage in certain states. In our view, other
factors like the recent increase in entry price and base pack prices could also be
impacting gross additions. While churn rate should remain under control at ~1%
per month, recent price hikes could drive INR7-8/month blended ARPU increase
over the coming quarters. Dish TV (DITV) has moderately increased outlay on
marketing/advertising in 2QFY13 but expects bulk of the upside from mandatory
digitization only after October 2012.
Subscriber additions remain subdued; recent price increase could contribute INR7-
8 ARPU uptick
With subscriber additions remaining relatively subdued in 2QFY13 (likely to
decline from 1QFY13 level of 0.5m), DITV expects back-ended growth to drive
its targeted 2.5m addition (excluding mandatory digitization upside) in FY13,
and is well prepared with an inventory of ~1m set top boxes (STBs). We
continue to model gross additions of 3m in FY13.
Price hike of INR20 in the 'Rest of India' packs from July 2012 can drive overall
blended ARPU increase of INR7-8 in the coming quarters. Our estimates factor
in sustained ARPU improvement from INR156 in 1QFY13 to INR165 by 4QFY13.
Churn rate under control
Subscriber churn, which had increased significantly to 1.6% per month in
3QFY12, has been ~1% per month in the last two quarters.
The churn has not increased despite recent price hike of INR20/month;
however, the company does not expect further decline.
Negotiations with Media Pro yet to conclude
DITV is currently negotiating its content agreement with Media Pro, which is
its largest content provider.
The company expects the deal to conclude with an escalation of 15-20%, largely
in line with earlier guidance.
Some of DITV's 3.5m dormant boxes could get activated due to mandatory
digitization
The DTH industry has >10m dormant STBs, as only 35m-37m of the gross 47m
subscribers are currently active.
DITV also has ~3.5m dormant subscribers (net base of 9.8m v/s gross base of
13.4m). Some of these subscribers could reconnect, once mandatory
digitization kicks-in, so as to save on the one-time STB costs.
Covering Analyst(s):
Shobhit Khare
+91 22 3982 5428
Shobhit.Khare@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
72

Sector:
Media
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
HT Media
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
HTML IN
Neutral
93
0.4
157/82
6/-34/-47
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales Adj. PAT Adj EPS EPS
(INR m) (INR m) (INR) Gr. (%)
17,861
20,030
20,144
22,329
1,809
1,655
1,437
1,669
7.7
7.0
5.4
6.3
26
-9
-23
16
P/E
(x)
-
13.2
17.1
14.8
P/BV
(x)
-
1.4
1.3
1.2
RoE
(%)
14.9
11.0
7.7
8.3
ROCE
(%)
13.0
10.5
9.2
9.8
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
0.9
0.9
0.7
-
6.4
6.8
5.5
Company Represented By:
Mr Vinay Mittal, Chief
Financial Strategist
Mr Vineet Sabharwal,
Deputy General Manager
Key Takeaways
The advertising environment remains tough, with no signs of improvement visible
currently. HT Media (HTML) continues to focus on tight opex control and expects
no major cost increase as compared to 1QFY13 levels, except residual impact of
INR depreciation on newsprint costs (~10%). Newsprint costs have declined from
over USD700/ton to USD600/ton.
Advertising environment remains tough
HTML has not witnessed any significant improvement in the advertising
scenario during the current quarter.
The company had witnessed 4-6% YoY decline in the English segment during
the last two quarters.
Focusing on cost control; decline in newsprint costs a positive
In 1QFY13, operating costs had declined 5% QoQ (up 4% YoY), given the
company's various cost control initiatives.
HTML expects its cost base to remain at current levels, except for the residual
impact of INR depreciation on newsprint costs (~10%).
Newsprint costs have declined from a peak of over USD700/ton to USD600/ton
in the past few quarters. However, gains in INR terms have been limited,
given the sharp INR depreciation.
Valuation and view
We expect EPS to decline 23% in FY13 and grow 16% in FY14.
The stock trades at 17.1x FY13E and 14.8x FY14E EPS.
Maintain
Neutral,
with a target price of INR90 (14x FY14E EPS).
Covering Analyst(s):
Shobhit Khare
+91 22 3982 5428
Shobhit.Khare@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
73

Sector:
Media
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Zee Entertainment Enterprises
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
Z IN
Neutral
165
2.8
176/110
-2/32/32
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
29,414
30,406
35,198
39,742
5,852
5,712
7,119
8,184
EPS
(INR)
6.0
5.9
7.4
8.5
EPS
Gr. (%)
14.4
-1.4
25.9
15.0
P/E
(X)
-
28.0
22.2
19.3
P/BV
(X)
-
4.7
4.1
3.6
RoE
(%)
16.9
17.5
19.3
19.4
RoCE
(%)
23.8
25.5
27.8
27.9
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
4.8
4.1
3.5
-
19.9
15.4
13.3
Company Represented By:
Mr Punit Goenka, MD & CEO
Mr Atul Das,
Chief Strategy Officer
Mr Kanwaljeet Singh,
AVP - Corporate strategy and
business development
Key Takeaways
Zee expects 12-13% ad revenue growth in FY13, outperforming the estimated
industry growth of 7-9%. While mandatory digitization should enhance domestic
subscription revenue from FY14, Zee has lined up significant investments like
OPH ramp-up and new channel launches in FY13. These along with continued
losses in sports business will impact margins. Zee could incur EBITDA loss of
INR1.2b-1.5b in new investments over the next 12 months and ~INR1b in sports
business during FY13.
Ad environment challenging; positive trends in FMCG/Durables, but Telecom/
Auto/BFSI/Real Estate remain a drag
Zee expects to clock ad revenue growth of 12-13% (v/s our estimate of 17%) in
FY13, outperforming the estimated industry growth of 7-9%.
FMCG and Durables have been leading the advertising momentum, while the
key laggards are Telecom, Automobiles, BFSI and Real Estate.
Government seriousness on digitization bodes well
Regulator TRAI as well as Ministry of Information & Broadcasting have been
showing serious intent towards digitization, including close monitoring and
threat of license cancellations to entities not showing enough progress.
Most of the agreements of its distribution JV, Media Pro with MSOs are already
through.
FY14 would be the first year of meaningful upside in domestic subscription
revenue due to mandatory digitization.
Zee TV ratings improve on success of new launches; KBC may impact viewership
All recent program launches by Zee have done well, driving strong ratings.
Zee's in-house realty shows like 'Dance India Dance' and 'Saregamapa' clock
better ratings than most of the competitors' celebrity-endorsed shows.
However, the upcoming launch of 'Kaun Banega Crorepati' (KBC) on Sony will
have some impact on Zee's viewership.
EBITDA loss of INR1.2b-1.5b in new investments over next 12 months; FY13 sports
loss likely to be in line with our estimate of INR1b
Zee has committed new investments including Arabic GEC (Zee Alwan), digital
investments like subscription-based 'Ditto TV' and advertising-based JV,
India.com, niche channels like 'Ten Golf' (couple more in the pipeline), and a
new Bengali movie channel (to be launched in the next 60 days).
Zee would be incurring EBITDA loss of INR1.2b-1.5b on these investments
over the next 12 months.
In the sports segment, there was some revenue impact, given no telecast of
recent India-Sri Lanka series on Doordarshan due to Olympics. Sports loss is
likely to be in line with our estimate of INR1b.
Covering Analyst(s):
Shobhit Khare
+91 22 3982 5428
Shobhit.Khare@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
74

Sector:
Metals
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Hindalco Industries
Bloomberg
HNDL IN
Rating
Buy
CMP (INR)
107
Mcap (USD b)
3.7
52-Wk Range (INR)
165/105
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%) -14/-27/-35
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
720,779
808,214
802,787
840,886
34,998
33,970
36,054
39,360
EPS
(INR)
17.6
17.1
18.1
19.8
EPS
Gr. (%)
278.5
-2.9
6.1
9.2
P/E
(X)
-
6.3
5.9
5.4
P/BV
(X)
-
1.1
1.0
0.8
RoE
(%)
23.1
19.1
17.6
16.4
RoCE
(%)
10.2
7.9
7.9
8.6
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
0.6
0.7
0.7
-
6.4
6.6
5.5
Consolidated
Company Represented By:
Mr Saket Sah,
Group Investor Relations
Mr Sagar Dhamorikar
Head - Investor Relations
Key Takeaways
Hindalco's (HNDL) aluminum business continues to face production disruptions.
The Mahan smelter is likely to start production by December 2012.
Hirakud smelter facing power shortage on CPP shutdown
HNDL's operating performance was impacted by grid problems at Renukoot
and Hirakud, and drought conditions at its Muri refinery in 1QFY13. Though
operations are back to normal at the Muri refinery, the Hirakud smelter is
facing power shortage due to partial closure of the captive power plant (CPP).
The State Pollution Control Board ordered closure of the CPP due to breach in
the ash pond that damaged standing crops in the locality.
Switching to grid power at Hirakud is unlikely, as it will result in power cost
increasing by USD500-600/ton. HNDL is in talks with the relevant authorities
on the ash spillover and expects to get some relief soon.
Expansion projects: Mahan smelter to start production in December 2012
Mahan smelter: HNDL plans to start operations at its 359ktpa Greenfield smelter
and 900MW CPP at Mahan by December 2012. Initially, 40 pots will be
operational, followed by ramp-up of 1 pot per day. There are two lines of 180
pots each. Of the total project cost of INR105b, the company has already spent
INR90b. Though the current LME prices are not conducive, lenders' pressure
will prevent HNDL from delaying commissioning any further. There is no clarity
on the status of the Mahan coal block.
Utkal Alumina: HNDL has already spent INR40b of the total INR72b on the
1.5mtpa Utkal Alumina. The project is scheduled for completion by the end of
FY13. HNDL targets 400k tons of production from this refinery in FY14.
Aditya smelter: The company has already spent INR58b out of the budgeted
INR105b for the 359ktpa smelter with 900MW CPP.
Hirakud FRP: FRP and smelter expansion from 153ktpa to 213ktpa at Hirakud is
likely to be completed by the end of FY13. The project includes transfer of
equipment for FRP from the Novelis plant at Rogerstone, UK.
Novelis: The 220ktpa rolling mill expansion at Brazil is expected to be
completed by December 2012. Novelis is targeting 130k tons of incremental
volume in FY14 on account of the Brazil expansion. The budgeted capex is
USD500m while target shipments are 2.8-2.9m tons in FY13.
Expect consolidated EPS CAGR of 8% over FY12-14; maintain Buy
We expect consolidated EPS CAGR of 7.6% over FY12-14, despite pressure on
metal prices. HNDL's conversion business, which is insulated from metal prices,
provides ~75% of operating cash flows. The stock is attractive at a P/E of 5.4x,
EV/EBITDA of 5.5x, and P/BV (ex goodwill) of 0.8x. Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Sanjay Jain
+91 22 3982 5412
SanjayJain@MotilalOswal.com
Pavas Pethia
+91 22 3982 5413
Pavas.Pethia@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
75

Sector:
Metals
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Jindal Steel & Power
Bloomberg
JSP IN
Rating
Neutral
CMP (INR)
359
Mcap (USD b)
6.0
52-Wk Range (INR)
663/343
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%) -14/-39/-34
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
131,116
182,073
208,923
221,316
37,539
41,563
36,763
34,634
EPS
(INR)
40.1
44.4
39.3
37.0
EPS
Gr. (%)
6.0
10.7
-11.5
-5.8
P/E
(X)
-
8.1
9.1
9.7
P/BV
(X)
-
1.9
1.6
1.4
RoE
(%)
30.6
25.8
18.5
15.0
RoCE
(%)
21.6
18.5
13.8
12.0
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
2.6
2.6
2.7
-
6.7
8.1
7.8
*Consolidated nos
Company Represented By:
Mr Rajeev Jain,
Head- Investor Relations
Key Takeaways
Jindal Steel and Power (JSP) is witnessing price correction in both steel and pellets,
but does not expect further deterioration. It believes that the Sarda Mines issue
is behind and does not see any operational hiccups on its account.
Expansion projects
Tanmar II:
Tamnar II has coal linkage for 1,200MW. The balance 1,200MW is
based on imported coal from its mines in Indonesia, South Africa and
Mozambique. 35% of the capacity is already tied-up through PPA with the
state government. It plans to increase PPA to 80% of the capacity, post which it
will be eligible to sign FSA with Coal India.
Godda power plant:
The Jitpur coal block in Jharkhand for 2x660MW Godda
has received stage-I forest clearance in August.
Utkal B1 coal block:
Utkal B1 coal is critical for its Angul expansion. The company
maintains that it can start operations within six months after signing mining
lease with the state government.
Mozambique coal mine:
Mozambique mining operations are expected to start
in the current year. The coal is of 4,000-4,500GCV, with 75:25 mix between
thermal and coking coal. Initial production target is 1-2mtpa, which will be
ramped up to 10mtpa in three years.
Indonesian coal mine:
JSP is unlikely to start mining below the target realization
of USD40/ton while the current price is USD25-30/ton.
CIC Energy acquisition intent
JSP plans to acquire CIC Energy, which has 2.4b tons of coal in Botswana. The
shareholders of the Canadian firm have approved this.
The initial plan is to start with 300MW power plant at a capex of INR10b-15b.
Later, JSP intends to set up a coal to liquid plant. Coal from the mine cannot be
sold in the open market.
Sarda Mines continue to operate normally
The authorities have asked for certain clarifications on Sarda Mines, which the
company has already provided. It is yet to receive further communication and
the mines continue to operate normally.
JSP does not expect any shortage of fines for its pellet operations, as it has
been maintaining an inventory of 13m tons of iron ore fines.
Steel demand under pressure, realizations decline QoQ; maintain Neutral
JSP expects steel realizations to decline by INR1,000-1,500/ton in 2QFY13.
Pellet realizations have declined by INR200-500/ton in the last few days.
We are bearish on steel prices and expect further de-rating of the steel sector.
Indian steel stocks are still commanding premium valuations, though globally
steel stocks have been de-rated. JSP trades at a P/E of 9.7x and EV/EBITDA of
7.8x. Maintain
Neutral.
Covering Analyst(s):
Sanjay Jain
+91 22 3982 5412
SanjayJain@MotilalOswal.com
Pavas Pethia
+91 22 3982 5413
Pavas.Pethia@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
76

Sector:
Metals
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
JSW Steel
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
JSTL IN
Sell
710
2.8
885/464
6/-10/5
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
241,059
343,681
360,186
390,034
16,783
14,844
11,321
11,011
EPS
(INR)
75.2
66.5
50.7
49.4
EPS
Gr. (%)
17.7
-11.6
-23.7
-2.7
P/E
(X)
-
10.7
14.0
14.4
P/BV
(X)
-
0.9
0.9
0.9
RoE
(%)
12.3
8.9
6.7
6.3
RoCE
(%)
9.6
8.7
8.1
7.6
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
1.2
1.2
1.1
-
7.0
6.7
6.8
*Consolidated nos
Company Represented By:
Mr Sandep Agrawal,
Investor Relations
Key Takeaways
JSW Steel (JSTL) continues to maintain its volume guidance of 8.5m tons for FY13
despite challenges in procuring iron ore. It expects JSW Ispat to turn profitable
from FY14, following various cost initiatives.
FY13 volume guidance of 8.5m tons maintained
JSTL continues to maintain its production guidance of 8.5m tons in FY13, despite
further delays in re-start of mining in Karnataka. It is banking on outside
purchases and lower grade ores to meet the shortfall.
10-11 category-A mines, whose R&R plans have been approved, are waiting
for other regulatory approvals. Earlier, the belief was that R&R plan approval
would suffice and mining was expected to start in August. These mines have
the capacity to produce 5.5mtpa.
JSTL is investing in value-added segments to mitigate the risk of sluggish
demand. Its 225ktpa color-coated lines at Tarapur are an attempt to replace
imports. Its 2.3mtpa CRM expansion is expected to come in phases of 1.3mtpa
in FY14 and 1mtpa in FY15. The benefication plant is likely to be delayed by a
quarter due to uncertainty relating to ore availability.
Expect JSW Ispat to become profitable in FY14 due to cost initiatives
JSW Ispat is investing to reduce its cost of production of steel. It plans to set up
a 55MW CPP based on blast furnace gases. It is also putting up a railway sliding
for transport and a lime calcining plant. The total cost for the projects is INR3b.
The Amba project, containing 1mtpa coke and 4mtpa pellet capacity under a
100% subsidiary of JSTL, will also boost margins. Total project capex is INR18b-
19b and is expected to be completed in FY14.
JSW Ispat's total debt is ~INR85b, including working capital loans of INR15b.
JSTL expects JSW Ispat to turn profitable by FY14. It expects JSW Ispat to deliver
INR16b-16.5b of EBITDA in FY13, higher than the current run rate of ~INR12b.
Expect 2QFY13 to be softer due to demand pressure and lower realizations;
maintain Sell
JSTL is witnessing demand pressure across products such as galvanized steel
and CR coils. Realizations are also expected to decline QoQ in 2QFY13.
JSTL expects the benefits of lower coking coal prices to flow in from 3QFY13.
However, it expects iron ore cost to increase by INR200-400/ton despite the
fall in international prices, as similar price translation is unlikely in iron ore.
We are bearish on steel prices and expect further de-rating of the steel sector.
Indian steel stocks are still commanding premium valuations, though globally
steel stocks have been de-rated. The stock trades at a P/E of 14.4x and EV/
EBITDA of 6.8x. Maintain
Sell.
Covering Analyst(s):
Sanjay Jain
+91 22 3982 5412
SanjayJain@MotilalOswal.com
Pavas Pethia
+91 22 3982 5413
Pavas.Pethia@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
77

Sector:
Metals
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Tata Steel
Bloomberg
TATA IN
Rating
Sell
CMP (INR)
378
Mcap (USD b)
6.6
52-Wk Range (INR)
504/332
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%) -10/-17/-22
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
1,187,531
1,328,997
1,360,576
1,430,516
59,724
18,054
30,127
45,030
EPS
(INR)
62.3
18.6
31.0
46.4
EPS
Gr. (%)
-n/a-
-70.1
66.9
49.5
P/E
(X)
-
20.3
12.2
8.2
P/BV
(X)
-
1.4
1.4
1.2
RoE
(%)
40.5
7.8
11.4
15.8
RoCE
(%)
13.2
9.1
8.8
9.6
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
0.7
0.7
0.7
-
7.2
6.8
6.6
*Consolidated nos
Company Represented By:
Mr Praveen Sood,
Head - IR
Ms Shilpa Jain,
Sr. Manager - IR
Key Takeaways
Tata Steel (TATA) expects 2QFY13 to be challenging, given lackluster demand in
Europe and continued cost pressure in India. However, it expects European demand
to recover and cost pressure to begin easing in India in 2HFY13.
Tata Steel India: Incremental capacity tied up in downstream products
Most of the incremental capacity due to Brownfield expansion in Jamshedpur
is tied to value-added products.
Post ramp up, captive coking coal will constitute 45-46% of total coking coal
consumption. It plans to increase production of coking coal in West Bokaro.
Two coke ovens with 0.7mtpa capacity each at Jamshedpur are expected to be
commissioned in 4QFY13 and 1QFY14, thereby reducing coke purchases and
overall cost pressure.
Realizations are likely to decline by INR1,500-2,000/ton QoQ. Price correction
is more pronounced in flat steel. The company is targeting 6m tons of SME
segment demand.
TSI maintains its target of 7.5m ton steel deliveries and 8m ton production for
FY13. It expects to increase production/deliveries by 1m tons in FY14.
Tata Steel Europe: Steel demand is very weak; targeting exports
Steel demand has completely very weak in Europe and TSE is focusing on
exports. It has pared volume guidance down from 14.5m tons to 14m tons.
Realizations are likely to decline by USD30/ton and margins are expected to
be under pressure. Cost benefits on lower raw material prices are not expected
in 2QFY13.
The refurbished Port Talbot blast furnace may not restart soon.
Triennial valuation negotiation for pension fund is going on, which could result
in deficit. However, TSE will try to negotiate the deficit over a longer horizon,
with initial payment moratorium, to minimize cash outflow.
USD15b raised to pay for FCCB redemption; maintain Sell
TATA raised INR15b through bonds in 1QFY13 to pay for USD490m FCCB
redemption. The bond has a coupon of 2% and YTM of 9.8%. The difference
between the two has been adjusted against net worth.
The Benga project has already started production - expect 1m tons production
in FY13 and 1.5m tons in FY14.
We are bearish on steel prices and expect further de-rating of the steel sector.
Indian steel stocks are still commanding premium valuations, though globally
steel stocks have been de-rated. The stock is trading at FY14E EV/EBITDA of
6.6x. Reiterate
Sell.
Covering Analyst(s):
Sanjay Jain
+91 22 3982 5412
SanjayJain@MotilalOswal.com
Pavas Pethia
+91 22 3982 5413
Pavas.Pethia@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
78

Sector:
Oil & Gas
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
BPCL
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
BPCL IN
Buy
354
4.6
395/230
-5/9/-6
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales Adj. PAT Adj. EPS EPS
(INR b) (INR b) (INR) Gr. (%)
1,536
2,120
2,393
2,280
16.3
7.8
15.1
15.9
22.6
10.8
20.9
21.9
0.2
-52.2
93.4
5.0
P/E
(X)
-
32.8
17.0
16.1
P/BV
(X)
-
1.6
1.5
1.4
RoE
(%)
11.1
5.0
9.3
9.1
RoCE
(%)
5.5
5.3
8.0
7.6
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
0.2
0.2
0.2
-
10.5
8.1
7.9
*Consolidated
Company Represented By:
Mr S. Varadarajan,
Director - Finance
Mr J. Dinaker,
GM - Corporate Treasury
Key Takeaways
BPCL remains optimistic on its overseas E&P portfolio and sector reforms.
Journey to monetize E&P assets on track
BPCL plans to spend ~USD700m in FY13 and FY14 towards E&P assets in
Mozambique, Brazil, India, Indonesia and Australia.
Mozambique exploration and appraisal is on track and the management
expects the FID (final investment decision) by 4QCY13, post the reserve
certification of the announced 30-60tcf of recoverable resources. Consortium
partners are working on the pre-FEED study for the LNG terminal at
Mozambique.
Price hikes, targeted subsidy to reduce under-recoveries
At crude price of USD106/bbl and USD/INR of 55, there is under-recovery of
INR13.4/liter on HSD and INR3.5/liter on MS. BPCL expects price hikes in
controlled products (HSD, LPG and kerosene) to come by September end.
The management is confident of significant reduction in LPG and kerosene
subsidy, with the implementation of targeted subsidy. End-user subsidy pilot
has been successful in Rajasthan and 11 states have already agreed for
implementation. Delhi will eliminate PDS-kerosene by April 2013.
If subsidized LPG cylinders are limited to 4-6 per household per year, it could
bring down LPG under-recoveries by 40-50%.
To expand Kochi refinery by ~60% to 15.5mmtpa, to set up petchem unit
Post expansion/upgradation, Kochi refinery capacity will increase from
9.5mmtpa to 15.5mmtpa and Nelson complexity will increase from 5.5 to 9.
This will entail a capex of INR142b and will take 42 months for completion.
BPCL has planned an INR55b JV petchem plant at Kochi, which will take
propylene as feed from petro-FCC of planned refinery expansion. It expects
completion of the plant in 30 months. It has signed an MoU with Korea's LG
Chem and has indicated that the technology partner will hold 51% in the JV.
Expects Bina refinery to operate at 100% capacity in FY13
The management indicated that it expects Bina refinery to run at 100% capacity
utilization in FY13 (6mmtpa).
Studies on refinery capacity expansion are under progress. BPCL expects
capacity expansion to 7.5mmtpa from 6mmtpa through de-bottlenecking.
Valuation and view
E&P upside potential is BPCL's key differentiator vis-à-vis HPCL and IOC. There
could be significant upside, as more clarity emerges on Mozambique and Brazil
reserve sizes. Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Harshad Borawake
+91 22 3982 5432
HarshadBorawake@MotilalOswal.com
Deepak Dult
+91 22 3982 5445
Deepak.Dult@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
79

Sector:
Oil & Gas
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Cairn India
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
CAIR IN
Neutral
341
11.7
401/255
3/-7/24
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
Net Sales
PAT Adj. EPS EPS
(INR m) (INR m) (INR) Gr. (%)
102,779
131,130
174,533
63,343
92,929
107,207
92,113
33.3
48.8
56.3
48.4
502.6
46.7
15.4
-14.1
P/E
(X)
-
7.0
6.1
7.0
P/BV
(X)
-
1.4
1.2
1.1
RoE
(%)
17.1
21.4
21.2
15.8
RoCE
EV/
EV/
(%) BOE(1P) EBITDA
17.9
20.7
21.7
17.7
-
16.8
13.6
12.8
-
5.4
4.0
3.9
3/14E
180,090
* Consolidated
Company Represented By:
Mr P Elango, Interim CEO &
Director - Strategy &
Business Services,
Mr Anurag Pattnaik,
DGM- Geology and IR
Ms Deepika Padhi,
Manager - Finance (IR)
Key Takeaways
Cairn India is confident of achieving significant part of its 240kbpd crude oil
production target in 2013.
Confident of Rajasthan production achieving significant part of 240kbpd in 2013
The management is confident of achieving its significant part of 240kbpd
production target in 2013 and mentioned that most of the incremental
production will come from MBA fields.
It indicated flat production rate at 175kbpd till December 2012 and exit rate of
185kbpd in March 2013, if pipeline de-bottlenecking gets delayed. Incremental
production will come from commencement of production at the Aishwariya
field and ramp-up of the Bhagyam field.
Working on DRAs for pipeline debottlenecking:
Cairn is testing the cost
effective (v/s pumping stations) drag reducing agents (DRAs) for Rajasthan
crude transportation, which will reduce crude oil viscosity and enable more
crude to flow in the same time period.
Outlines dividend and Rajasthan exploration as near term priorities
Cairn India still awaits government approval on its corporate reorganization,
post which it will consider payout of its maiden dividend.
Further, the company indicated that the Rajasthan exploration program is its
priority so as to realize the full potential of the block and expects government
support for the same.
~USD2b capex over FY13-14
The management mentioned planned capex of ~USD2b over FY13-14, of which
~USD1.2b is for the Rajasthan block. It includes (a) ~USD600m on development,
and (b) ~USD600m on exploration including Barmer Hill and EOR, subject to
government approvals. The balance ~USD800m will be spent on exploration in
other blocks and new ventures.
The company has submitted the EOR FDP to the Operating Committee.
No upfront payment in PetroSA deal; planned appraisal of KG onshore
The management indicated that the recent 60% farm-in deal with PetroSA
Block-1 in South Africa did not involve in any upfront cash investment by Cairn
India. During the next two years, Cairn India (operator) will carry out the survey
activities in this acreage.
In its KG-onshore block, Cairn has planned appraisal activity to evaluate the
commerciality of KG onshore discoveries. It estimates cumulative in-place
volumes at ~550mmboe and has filed for DoC for the first discovery.
Covering Analyst(s):
Harshad Borawake
+91 22 3982 5432
HarshadBorawake@MotilalOswal.com
Deepak Dult
+91 22 3982 5445
Deepak.Dult@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
80

Sector:
Oil & Gas
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
GAIL India
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
GAIL IN
Neutral
366
8.3
445/303
1/-2/-22
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
Net Sales Adj. PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
324,586
402,807
439,439
35,610
36,538
38,642
EPS
(INR)
28.7
28.8
30.5
EPS
*P/E
GR. (%) (X)
16.0
0.4
5.8
8.1
-
10.0
9.4
8.7
*P/BV
(X)
-
1.7
1.5
1.4
RoE
(%)
18.5
16.9
16.0
15.6
RoCE
(%)
22.9
19.2
15.5
15.7
*EV/
*EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
1.0
1.0
1.0
-
6.6
6.7
6.2
3/14E
481,622 41,760
32.9
*Adjustment for investments
Company Represented By:
Mr Rajeev Mathur,
ED - Marketing
Mr Subir Purkayastha,
GM - (F&A)
Mr Sashi Menon,
DGM - (F&A)
Mr Ashish Gupta,
CM - Marketing
Mr H K Garg,
CM - Projects
Dr Shivraj Bhor,
CM - Finance
Key Takeaways
GAIL (India) remains upbeat on medium to long term gas supply outlook.
Incremental gas availability to increase in medium to long term
The management expects incremental natural gas of 10-30mmscmd from
ONGC's marginal fields, KG Offshore and Mahanadi Basin discoveries in the
medium to long term.
The company has already started receiving ~1.5mmscmd from ONGC's C-series
fields and expects ~2mmscmd more to come in FY13.
Dabhol terminal to get commissioned in December 2012
The management indicated that it plans to bring a new ship at the Dabhol
terminal in December 2012. However, full commercial operations of the
terminal are likely to start in 1QFY14.
The management guided for ~4mmscmd of gas from the terminal in FY14.
Completion of the breakwater facility could take longer than expected due to
legal issues created by one of the bidders for the project.
Projects on track; shale gas to turn cash positive by end-2014
Pata expansion to be completed by December 2013:
The management expects
to complete capacity expansion at Pata (from 450ktpa to 900ktpa) and
commission the BCPL plant by December 2013. Expanded capacity at Pata will
not depend on Dahej LNG, as 30mmscmd of rich gas is available at Vijaipur
from the PMT and ONGC fields and only 10-12mmscmd is used at the existing
Pata facility.
Stake in OPaL reduced to 15.5%:
GAIL reduced its stake in OPaL to 15.5% from
the original 19%, as project cost escalated. The management mentioned that
it has decided to cap its investment at INR10b. However, there will be no
changes in marketing rights.
BCPL project cost increases:
Project cost of the 280KT BCPL plant has been
revised from INR54.6b to INR89.2b. It has capital subsidy of 52% (INR47b) and
GAIL has equity investment of INR12.7b.
Phase-1 of Kochi-Mangalore-Bangalore pipeline
will be commissioned along
with Petronet LNG's regas terminal and Phase-2 to Bangalore will be
commissioned by December 2013.
GAIL expects its investment in shale gas (Eagle Ford Shale) to turn cash positive
by end-2014.
Valuation and view
We have a
Neutral
rating on GAIL due to: (1) low near-term visibility of transmission
volume growth, (2) lower return ratios in the near term due to under-utilization
of new capitalized pipelines, and (3) ad-hoc subsidy sharing risk. Adjusted for
investments, the stock trades at 8.7x FY14E EPS of INR32.9.
Covering Analyst(s):
Harshad Borawake
+91 22 3982 5432
HarshadBorawake@MotilalOswal.com
Deepak Dult
+91 22 3982 5445
Deepak.Dult@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
81

Sector:
Oil & Gas
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Oil India
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
OINL IN
Buy
486
5.2
556/431
-5/-3/-18
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR b) (INR b)
83,034
97,741
93,122
106,611
28,872
34,469
33,727
38,869
EPS
(INR)
48.0
57.3
56.1
64.7
EPS
Gr (%)
10.6
19.4
-2.2
15.2
P/E
(X)
-
8.5
8.7
7.5
P/BV
(X)
-
1.6
1.5
1.3
RoE
(%)
19.7
20.7
18.0
18.5
RoCE EV (USD)/ EV/
(%)
BoE EBITDA
27.3
27.7
24.8
25.5
-
7.6
6.9
7.1
-
3.9
4.3
3.5
Company Represented By:
Mr Harish Madhav,
Head - Finance
Key Takeaways
Oil India (OINL) hopes to complete its long-awaited overseas acquisition in 2012.
Expects subsidy sharing to remain ad-hoc in near term
The ad-hoc nature of subsidy sharing is likely to continue in the near term;
OINL is demanding a fixed subsidy contribution in dollar terms.
As a percentage of upstream subsidy contribution, OINL's share was 13.4% in
FY12 and 1QFY13 v/s 10.9% in FY11. The management indicated that higher
subsidy sharing by OINL is likely to continue, as its crude oil production is
increasing while ONGC's declining.
OINL's 1QFY13 subsidy burden was USD56/bbl, and the total quantum of subsidy
was calculated based on production volumes.
Overseas acquisition likely to be announced soon
OINL is actively scouting for acquisitions and is in talks for 4-5 assets in US,
Canada and Africa. It expects to announce an acquisition by December 2012.
To gain technical expertise in shale gas exploration, OINL is targeting some
shale gas assets in the US. The management mentioned that in response to
the recent draft policy on shale gas by the Government of India, Petrofed will
be submitting comments on behalf of oil companies.
The management mentioned that it was very close to an acquisition in Africa
in 2011, but it backed out due to unrest in the country.
Targets production growth of ~3% for oil and ~10% for gas in FY13/14
OINL targets ~3% growth in oil production to 3.95mmt in FY13 and 3-4% growth
in FY14.
The company's natural gas production is likely to increase from 2.6bcm in FY12
to 2.9bcm in FY13 and 3.2bcm in FY14, if BCPL commissions on schedule. Else,
FY14 gas production will average at 3bcm.
Strong balance sheet
OINL's balance sheet continues to be strong, with net cash of INR130b.
It has planned capex of INR34b on domestic and overseas acreage and has
earmarked INR67b for the acquisition.
Valuation and view
We remain positive on OINL due to its strong operational foothold: (1) steady
production growth, (2) high share of oil in its reserves (55% in 1P and 62% in 2P),
and (3) attractive valuations - it trades at >50% discount to its global peers on EV/
BOE (1P basis). The stock trades at 7.5x FY14E EPS of INR64.7 and has an implied
dividend yield of ~4%. Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Harshad Borawake
+91 22 3982 5432
HarshadBorawake@MotilalOswal.com
Deepak Dult
+91 22 3982 5445
Deepak.Dult@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
82

Sector:
Oil & Gas
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
ONGC
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
ONGC IN
Buy
282
43.3
304/240
-3/0/-10
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR b) (INR b)
1,176
1,464
1,585
210
260
242
EPS
(INR)
24.5
30.4
28.3
EPS
Gr. (%)
8.1
24.1
-7.1
P/E
(X)
-
9.3
10.0
8.8
P/BV
(X)
-
1.8
1.6
1.5
RoE
(%)
19.5
21.0
17.3
17.6
RoCE
(%)
18.8
20.1
16.7
17.1
EV/
BoE
6.9
6.3
5.6
5.6
EV/
EBITDA
-
3.6
3.9
3.2
3/14E
1,684
275
32.1
13.6
*Consolidated, EV/BOE in USD on 1P basis
Company Represented By:
Mr A K Banerjee,
Director - Finance
Mr B L Ghasolia,
Advisor Finance
Mr Sanjiv Kumar,
DGM
Mr S Ranganathan,
Chief Manager - F&A
Mr P Bhattacharya,
DGM CP, ONGC Videsh
Mr Atul Chaturvedi,
Chief Manger- Finance,
ONGC Videsh
Key Takeaways
ONGC is optimistic on production growth in the medium to long term.
Strong oil/gas production estimates for FY14 (provisional)
Standalone oil production is likely to grow from 23.7mmt to 24.0/28.3mmt in
FY13/FY14, driven by development projects. Standalone gas production is
expected to grow from 23.3bcm in FY12 to 23.7/25.5bcm in FY13/FY14. However,
these estimates will be reviewed in the coming months.
ONGC expects domestic gas production to cross 100mmscmd by FY17, driven
by new discoveries in the KG and Mahanadi basins.
ONGC is spending INR310b (INR170b already spent) on 37 fields to monetize
reserves of >280mtoe. Key projects to support production targets are:
a)
New oil pool discovery in D-1 field:
This would result in incremental
production of 24kbpd. The company expects overall production from D-1
field to reach 60kbpd by January 2014 from the current 12.5kbpd.
b)
KG-offshore:
Production from G-1 would start by January 2013, while GS-
15 has already begun production.
c)
KG-DWN-98/2:
The management expects the field to be developed by FY17;
current appraisal period has been extended to November 2013.
d)
Mahanadi Basin:
To be developed in the XIIth Plan period.
e)
Daman Offshore:
Phase-III development has been advanced by four years.
As against the XIth Plan standalone capex of INR1.1t, ONGC plans to spend
INR1.6t in the XIIth Plan. However, the management admits that ad-hoc subsidy
sharing continues to be a near-term risk.
Perspective Plan 2030 targets volume growth at 4% CAGR
Through its ambitious perspective plan 2030, ONGC plans to double production
to >130mmtoe by 2030. It has an aspiration to increase production of OVL six-
fold from the current ~8mmt to 60mmt by 2030.
ONGC targets to unlock over 450mmtoe YTF (yet-to-find) domestic hydrocarbon
reserves.
Hopeful of early resolution of Sudan issue
North and South Sudan have reached an agreement on pipeline transit fees at
USD11/bbl. However, talks are still on to resolve border issues, which should
clear the way to resume oil exports from South Sudan.
Valuation and view
Likely price hikes in controlled products in the near term, and subsidy
rationalization and production growth in the long term are the key positives for
the company. The stock is attractive at: (a) >40% discount to its global peers on EV/
BOE (1P basis), and (b) implied dividend yield of ~3.5%. The stock trades at 10x
FY13E EPS of INR28.3. Our SOTP-based target price is INR320.
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Harshad Borawake
+91 22 3982 5432
HarshadBorawake@MotilalOswal.com
Deepak Dult
+91 22 3982 5445
Deepak.Dult@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
83

Sector:
Oil & Gas
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Reliance Industries
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
RIL IN
Neutral
790
46.0
902/674
5/0/-1
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR b) (INR b)
2,482
3,299
3,531
203
200
190
EPS
(INR)
62.0
61.3
58.7
P/E Adj.EPS* Adj.P/E Adj.P/B
(X)
(INR)
(X)
(X)
-
12.9
13.4
12.4
68.4
67.7
64.9
70.2
-
11.7
12.2
11.2
-
1.4
1.3
1.2
RoE
(%)
14.8
13.0
11.2
11.1
RoCE
EV/
(%) EBITDA
12.9
12.1
10.7
11.1
-
7.6
9.0
7.8
3/14E
3,226
206
63.5
*Adjusted for treasury shares
Company Represented By:
Mr Robinder Singh, VP - IR
Mr Hemen Modi, GM - IR
Key Takeaways
Reliance Industries (RIL) is positive on the potential benefits of its large capex
plans. It expects KG-D6 production to reach 60mmscmd in the next 3-4 years, subject
to approvals.
Recent GRM strength positive for RIL, as driven by auto fuels
The management indicated that the recent strength in regional refining
margins is positive for the company, as it is driven by auto fuels, which
contribute ~64% to its refinery product slate.
On the petchem front, while the near-term demand outlook is subdued, RIL
expects demand to pick up nearer to Christmas and early 2013.
Expect significant earnings contribution from ongoing projects
Petchem expansion on track:
RIL's polyester expansion project is on track and
its units will commission from CY13.
GRM to increase by USD2-3/bbl post petcoke gasification project:
RIL expects
its refining margins to increase by USD2-3/bbl post the commissioning of the
planned petcoke gasification project. RIL will not sell petcoke externally, as
all the petcoke (~5mmt) will be converted to gas.
Retail business reported revenue of INR76b in FY12 (grew >40% in 1QFY13).
The management expects to reach INR400b-500b in the next 3-4 years.
E&P production ramp-up subject to approvals
RIL and BP are working on the E&P development plans for KG-D6 discoveries
and NEC-25. However, government approvals are critical for production ramp-
up. If government approvals come through, production could reach 60mmscmd
in 3-4 years.
Shale gas volumes are likely to grow at ~50% CAGR in the next 2-3 years and
the management expects EBITDA contribution of 8-10% by 2015.
Valuation and view
We maintain
Neutral
due to concerns of (1) RoE slipping to sub-12% levels,
(2) falling KG-D6 volumes, and (3) increased share (75%) of cyclical refining and
petchem businesses. The stock trades at 12.2x FY13E adjusted EPS of INR64.9 and
at an EV of 9x FY13E EBITDA.
Covering Analyst(s):
Harshad Borawake
+91 22 3982 5432
HarshadBorawake@MotilalOswal.com
Deepak Dult
+91 22 3982 5445
Deepak.Dult@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
84

Sector:
Real Estate
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
DLF
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
DLFU IN
Buy
201
6.2
261/170
-2/-11/3
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
95,606
96,294
105,281
107,880
16,396
12,008
13,843
16,542
EPS
(INR)
9.7
7.1
8.2
9.7
EPS
Gr. (%)
-5.2
-26.8
15.3
19.5
P/E
(X)
-
28.4
26.7
22.3
P/BV
(X)
-
1.3
1.4
1.3
RoE
(%)
5.8
4.5
5.0
5.7
RoCE
(%)
7.1
7.4
8.0
8.3
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
5.9
5.4
5.1
-
14.5
13.0
12.2
Company Represented By:
Mr Rajiv Goel,
Senior GM - Finance & IR
Key Takeaways
DLF continues to focus on consolidating core operations and strengthening its
balance sheet. The stabilization process should bear fruits by the end of FY14.
Divestment and deleveraging: Expect significant success in FY13
The value of the NTC Mill divestment (to Lodha Group) has been satisfactory,
though a little below the management's initial expectations (already fetched
INR5b; remaining INR22b to come by October 2012).
The Aman Resorts transaction is likely to be concluded by 2QFY13 (indicative
value of INR17b-18b ex Lodhi) and the Windmill division is likely to be divested
in 2HFY13 (~INR9b). The company has shortlisted a couple of bidders, but is
yet to achieve financial agreement.
The management is confident of achieving deleveraging of INR50b in FY13,
followed by more divestment in FY14, leading to a comfortable net debt-
equity of 0.6x by the end of FY14.
Core operations: Focus on improving profitability
DLF intends to focus on improving average realizations in the development
company (DEVCO). In FY12, realizations were weak due to project launches in
tier-II cities and the mid-income segment.
Plot sales and premium projects would contribute evenly to monetization.
Super luxury project, Magnolia-2 (1msf) is scheduled for launch in early 3QFY13.
The management has guided sales of 10-12msf (INR65b) in FY13.
New infrastructure initiatives like metro connectivity to Cyber City, 16-lane
road to Phase-V would augment the value proposition - Cyber City monthly
rentals, which are currently INR65-70/sf should see a growth of ~INR10/sf.
Rental income should grow 15% to INR18b in FY13, though near-term leasing
outlook remains weak due to (1) weaker macroeconomic environment (mostly
overseas clients for DLF), (2) deliberate leasing slowdown to achieve higher
rentals, and (3) Shilokhera litigation leading to cancellations.
Execution: Moving towards material+ contracts
The management has guided delivery of 10-11msf per year over FY13-14.
Outsourcing of construction (to players like L&T and Shapoorji) would improve
turnaround time and give better branding to projects.
New construction contracts will include material cost to mitigate commodity
(cement, steel) price risks.
Tax claim concern:
Of its INR30b of tax claim (owing to DAL's SEZ assets), the
company has already paid INR15b. CCI hearing is due in October 2012.
Covering Analyst(s):
Sandipan Pal
+91 22 3982 5436
Sandipan.Pal@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
85

Sector:
Retail
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Shoppers Stop
Bloomberg
SHOP IN
Rating
Under Review
CMP (INR)
352
Mcap (USD b)
0.5
52-Wk Range (INR)
427/251
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
-1/9/-17
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
16,589
19,300
25,148
29,943
752
643
816
1113
EPS
(INR)
9.1
7.8
9.9
13.5
EPS
Gr. (%)
120.1
-14.5
26.9
36.4
P/E
(X)
-
45.0
35.5
26.0
P/BV
(X)
-
4.5
4.0
3.6
RoE
(%)
12.6
9.9
11.4
13.8
RoCE
(%)
16.3
11.0
13.7
16.9
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
1.5
1.1
0.9
-
20.5
15.9
12.3
Company Represented By:
Mr Govind Shrikhande, MD
Mr Sanjeev Chakravarti, CFO
Key Takeaways
Shoppers Stop management gave a bleak near-term outlook while underscoring
the attractive long-term opportunity in the Indian organized retail market.
Near term outlook bleak; festive season is the key
Mall footfalls have improved vis-à-vis the May performance, partly driven by
the discounting season.
Consumer continues to remain cautious due to uncertain/pessimistic macro
environment prevailing in the economy.
Festive season, commencing with
Ganesh Utsav
in September, holds the key
for FY13 performance.
Shoppers Stop remains concerned about organized retail's increasing
propensity towards discounting.
Shoppers Stop: Expansion will continue
No change from the earlier guidance on expansion plans - 8 Shoppers Stop
stores each for FY13 and FY14. Total standalone operational space is targeted
to reach 4.5m sq ft in FY15 v/s 3.1m sq ft in FY12.
Stores have already been contracted, and there is no material concern on
delivery commitments of builders as yet.
Hyper City: Focusing on profitability
Hyper City intends to add 8 stores over next 3 years (1 in FY13, 4 in FY14 and 3
in FY15).
It will focus on cluster-based growth strategy - core and mid-sized stores.
Core size - 60k sq ft in Tier I to drive assortment. Mid-size - 35k sq ft, first in
Tier-I cities; if the concept works, it will be extended to Tier-2 cities.
No immediate improvement in profitability as traction from new stores remains
sub-par.
FY15 PAT breakeven guidance for Hyper City.
Valuation and view
Shoppers Stop has added ~20 stores in the past two years which has impacted
profit margins as LTL sales growth has been weak, given poor consumer
sentiment.
Delay in demand recovery remains the key risk as it will impact same store
performance, and in turn hit margins.
We arrive at SOTP based target price of INR356 valuing standalone operations
at 23x FY14E earnings and valuing Hyper City at 0.7x EV/sales.
Under Review.
Covering Analyst(s):
Gautam Duggad
+91 22 3982 5404
Gautam.Duggad@MotilalOswal.com
Sreekanth P.V.S.
+91 22 3029 5120
Sreekanth.P@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
86

Sector:
Retail
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Titan Industries
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
TTAN IN
Neutral
221
3.5
255/154
-7/-1/-2
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
65,209
88,384
103,823
123,199
4,336
6,048
7,158
8,858
EPS
(INR)
4.9
6.8
8.1
10.0
EPS
Gr. (%)
65.8
38.4
19.3
23.8
P/E
(X)
-
32.7
27.4
22.1
P/BV
(X)
-
13.5
10.2
7.7
RoE
(%)
49.6
48.7
42.4
34.8
RoCE
(%)
61.8
66.8
58.7
54.1
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
2.1
1.8
1.4
-
22.5
18.2
11.5
Company Represented By:
Mr Bhaskar Bhat, MD
Mr Subramaniam, CFO
Key Takeaways
Titan management presented a near-term cautious outlook and also enunciated
its key priorities to capture expected long-term attractive growth opportunity in
the Jewelry, Watches and other related lifestyle categories.
Consumer sentiment remains weak; "wait & watch" mode continues
Though industry footfalls have improved from the lows of May-June, consumer
remains in "wait & watch" mode. Impact of inflation and poor consumer
sentiment continue to reel broader Retail sector and discretionary categories
in particular.
Spending recovery in discretionary categories will be a function of
"discounting", at least in the short term. Today's "smart" consumers wait for
offers/discounts to plan their purchases. Titan, on its part, is rolling out slew
of attractive offers in high-value items to induce more spending and also attract
new consumers.
Network expansion plan continues; margin support in FY13
A key change from the previous downturn is the continuation of network
expansion plans. 80% of the expansion will be through franchisee route and
hence balance sheet will remain light.
FY13 should see margin support from (1) Withdrawal of excise duty on branded
jewelry (20bp) and (2) Direct gold import (40bp).
Long term vision and strategy
India's large and under-penetrated middle class remains the cornerstone of
Titan's long-term strategy as it offers significant upside for Titan's core
categories of Jewelry and Watches.
Youth, women and kids are Titan's focus consumer segments as they are
expected to drive consumer spending in the lifestyle categories.
Differentiated marketing in small towns will help drive penetration in
unexplored geographies.
It intends to unearth new unorganized product categories and focus on under-
served consumer segments.
Covering Analyst(s):
Gautam Duggad
+91 22 3982 5404
Gautam.Duggad@MotilalOswal.com
Sreekanth P.V.S.
+91 22 3029 5120
Sreekanth.P@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
87

Sector:
Technology
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Info Edge (India)
Bloomberg
INFOE IN
Rating
Not Rated
CMP (INR)
332
Mcap (USD b)
0.7
52-Wk Range (INR)
400/274
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
-2/3/-16
Key Takeaways
Info Edge India (INFOE) is not seeing any competitive threat to the recruitment
business in the near term. LinkedIn remains a threat from a medium term
perspective.
Naukri.com:
Competition from the likes of Monster.com is not visible on the ground,
especially after Monster.com particularly is facing challenges in its business,
globally. Others like Shine.com are significantly smaller in size. Only LinkedIn
could be a potential threat over the medium term.
Jeevansathi.com:
Jeevansathi is a 'me too' player in the industry at the moment,
and having a majority share in North India is not differentiation enough.
BharatMatrimony.com is the leader, given its clear focus in this segment and an
early mover advantage. The cost of acquiring customers is increasing amidst
intensifying competition, but the company has the mandate to invest capital in
this segment over the near-to-medium term.
99acres.com:
INFOE believes that this portal possesses huge scalability potential.
While there is uncertainty in new home sales in the current environment, resale
/ rental business continues to do well. NCR is the biggest market for 99acres.com,
given the huge inventory there, while Bangalore and Mumbai markets are
comparable in their size. Listing of properties has been growing, especially from
brokers, though it may still take time for builders to transition to the online medium
for marketing.
INR1.8b invested in various sites, latest in Canvera.com:
INFOE recently invested
INR350m in Canvera.com, an online photography company, which follows a B2B
model. As compared to its earlier investments, this is different in that it comes at
a fairly advanced stage of the company's evolution. Earlier the company has raised
Series-A round led by Footprint Ventures, Draper Fisher Jurvetson, Mumbai Angels
and two angel investors from the UK, in 2008.
PolicyBazaar.com:
After the notification from regulators earlier banned web
aggregators from comparing products, much greater clarity has emerged now.
PolicyBazaar is scaling very well, and the company is moving into more non-
regulated products.
Education (Shiksha.com and MeritNation.com):
Education segment presence
focuses on both the large number of mushrooming private colleges in India and
advertising for the international market. Within the international market, the
focus is primarily on lesser known institutes.
Company Represented By:
Mr Hitesh Oberoi, MD & CEO
Mr Ambarish Raghuvanshi,
Group Director Finance &
CFO
Covering Analyst(s):
Ashish Chopra
+91 22 3982 5424
Ashish.Chopra@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
88

Sector:
Technology
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Infosys
Bloomberg
INFO IN
Rating
Buy
CMP (INR)
2,423
Mcap (USD b)
25.0
52-Wk Range (INR) 2,977/2,102
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
8/-15/-1
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
275,010
337,340
393,740
426,266
68,230
83,160
94,467
EPS
(INR)
119.4
145.5
165.5
EPS
Gr. (%)
11.2
21.9
13.7
6.0
P/E
(X)
-
16.6
14.6
13.8
P/BV
(X)
-
4.1
3.8
3.2
RoE
(%)
27.8
28.0
27.1
25.1
RoCE
(%)
33.1
32.9
32.3
29.4
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
3.5
2.9
2.6
-
11.0
9.4
8.6
100,194 175.4
Company Represented By:
Mr Rajiv Bansal, VP - Finance
Mr Avishek Lath, IR
Key Takeaways
While lower growth has been a function of multiple internal and external factors,
Infosys (INFO) remains confident that its new strategy is the right one, fruition of
which may take 3-4 years.
Multiple factors behind lower growth
Lower growth has been a function of:
1. The macro environment, which this time around has been lingering, as
compared to a brief slump the last time; election year in the US has
compounded woes
2. Visa cases against the company would also have had some impact on the way
the clients approached bids from the company
3. Its own transition led to the management focusing a lot more on internal
issues than external
4. The company's strategy to not stay focused on low hanging fruits alone; to
also drive next-gen technologies in Products and Platforms from a low base
Confident of strategy; diversifying into new markets
INFO remains confident of its strategy, which is a longer-term transformational
journey, expected to yield rewards in 3-4 years. It deems presence in higher-
end technologies a must, as that will ensure sustained revenue quality over a
period of time.
Over the near-to-medium term, INFO is diversifying into new markets to
achieve growth. It is a late entrant in the Indian market but sees it as a big
opportunity, with a lot of transformational deals having healthy margins.
Pricing sensitivity high in Business Operations; nothing irrational in companies'
behavior
Differentiation is minimal in the Business Operations segment, and as a result,
sensitivity to pricing high. However, the sensitivity is not the same in a benign
environment, and is more exacerbated in the current challenging
environment.
The company is witnessing normal cycle of rate negotiations in the current
environment, and there is no secular trend of clients asking for discounts. At
the company level, INFO is not doing anything different on pricing from before.
Valuation and view
We expect INFO to grow its USD revenues at a CAGR of 8% and EPS at a CAGR of
10% over FY12-14. We believe that: [1] the brand value enjoyed by INFO allows it
to attract customers with even a moderate cut in price, and [2] the company will
be extremely selective in offering such price cuts. Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Ashish Chopra
+91 22 3982 5424
Ashish.Chopra@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
89

Sector:
Technology
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
MCX
Bloomberg
MCX IN
Rating
Not Rated
CMP (INR)
1,096
Mcap (USD b)
1.0
52-Wk Range (INR)
1,426/838
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
3/-/-
Key Takeaways
Multi Commodity Exchange of India (MCX) is confident that the much awaited
FCRA Bill will see light of day, which will significantly boost volumes on the
exchange.
FCRA Bill likely to be passed; will be a huge fillip for volumes
MCX sees FCRA Bill as one of the easier bills to be passed, given that it is necessary
for a structured functioning of the exchange ecosystem. Unlike SEBI, FMC is not an
autonomous body and there is rampant illegal trading on commodity exchanges,
curbing which is extremely difficult in the current scheme of things. The Bill, if
passed, will be a huge fillip to exchange's volumes, as it would:
1. Give autonomy to the regulator that could allow introduction of new products
more freely
2. Allow trading of options on the exchange
3. Allow new participants like Banks, MFs and FIIs
4. Allow trading of commodity indices.
Higher volumes have impacted yields, pricing intact
MCX's transaction yields have been declining over the last few years - down from
INR4.6/100k in FY08 to INR3.2/100k in FY12. However, the exchange's rate card has
not changed in the last three years. The lower yields are a function of higher
volumes, in line with the volume-based discounts as per the rate card.
Scope to add large number of clients, grow volumes multifold
MCX has ~2m clients currently. This compares with ~20m demat account holders.
Globally, more accounts are opened for trading in commodities than in
equities. However, even a potential target size similar to that of equities
implies that volumes could grow multiple times.
Also, globally, exchange volumes in key commodities like gold are 70-80x the
spot volumes as compared to just 17-18x in the domestic market. Silver is the
only commodity where the ratio is comparable. This is another indicator of
potential growth in volumes as the nascent industry matures.
To maintain a healthy payout ratio at ~50%; augurs well for valuations
MCX cited its intent to maintain payout ratio at 50%, similar to that in FY12. We
believe there are multiple reasons for upside trigger in the stock: [1] volume
growth potential from FCRA Bill and increasing penetration, [2] healthy payout
ratios, and [3] option value from MCX-SX.
Company Represented By:
Mr Shreekant Javalgekar,
Managing Director & CEO
Mr Hemant Vastani,
VP - Finance & Accounts
Mr Sumesh P, Director -
Business Development
Covering Analyst(s):
Ashish Chopra
+91 22 3982 5424
Ashish.Chopra@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
90

Sector:
Technology
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Tata Consultancy Services
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
TCS IN
Neutral
1,349
47.4
1,352/961
5/10/31
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
373,245
488,938
619,223
708,798
86,826
106,384
139,191
153,216
EPS
(INR)
44.4
54.4
71.1
78.3
EPS
Gr. (%)
26.3
22.5
30.8
10.1
P/E
(X)
-
24.8
19.0
17.2
P/BV
(X)
-
8.1
6.5
5.2
RoE
(%)
37.4
36.7
38.1
33.5
RoCE
(%)
42.2
44.1
44.8
39.7
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
5.4
4.1
3.5
-
18.2
13.8
12.2
Company Represented By:
Mr S Mahalingam, Chief
Financial Officer & ED
Mr Kedar Shirali, Head of
Global Investor Relations
Key Takeaways
There is no dearth of growth opportunities in the market, as penetration remains
low. While parts of BFSI are stressed, activity has been normal, barring some caution
in January-February 2012.
Spends happening as per plan, only January-February were slightly sluggish
TCS does not see any serious causes for concern and things continue to move
as per plan. The first two months of the year were characterized by cautiousness
in IT spends, particularly within BFSI.
Given lower growth v/s FY12, hiring numbers for FY13 have come down, leading
to higher conversion of offers given out. Yet, there has not been any deferment
in joining dates, as there is enough opportunity to build capacity for.
Given customers' orientation towards technology changes, TCS sees no reason
why growth in FY14 should not match/accelerate from FY13 levels.
Addressable opportunity remains huge
There is no concern on sustainable growth from traditional services, as
penetration remains low. ~USD745b IT spend is the outsourced quantum.
However, even at clients where the offshore model has matured, 2/3rd of the
work is handled in-house, and the proportion is even higher in other clients.
This presents ample opportunity for sustained growth in the industry.
Stress visible in parts of BFS, but Insurance doing well
Lower growth in FY13 is primarily on account of lower growth in BFSI (43% of
revenues). Parts of the vertical are under stress, leading to moderation in
spends. Negative news from JP Morgan and Barclays substantiate concerns.
However, the Insurance segment within BFSI continues to do well. Insurance
constitutes ~1/3rd of BFSI revenues, and the segment's IT spends are higher
than in FY12.
Dollar pricing not lower even for new clients; not sharing currency benefits
Like peers, TCS too cited normal pricing behavior in the industry, despite
challenging environment and favorable currency. Pricing is stable even for
new clients in USD terms.
Also, TCS is not sharing currency benefits with its clients, given the high
volatility. In cases where clients have asked for INR-based rate cuts, the
company has asked them to bear the currency risk.
Valuation and view
We expect TCS to grow USD revenues at a CAGR of 16% and EPS at a CAGR of 20%
over FY12-14. While the company is likely to outperform peers, at 17.2x FY14E EPS,
we see the stock priced for perfection, with limited room to surprise on the positive
side. Maintain
Neutral.
Covering Analyst(s):
Ashish Chopra
+91 22 3982 5424
Ashish.Chopra@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
91

Sector:
Technology
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Wipro
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
WPRO IN
Buy
364
16.1
453/313
4/-13/3
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
310,986
375,248
436,439
473,218
52,794
55,731
61,966
66,303
EPS
(INR)
21.6
22.7
25.2
27.0
EPS
Gr. (%)
15.1
5.1
11.2
7.0
P/E
(X)
-
16.0
14.4
13.5
P/BV
(X)
-
3.1
2.7
2.3
RoE
(%)
24.2
21.2
20.2
18.7
RoCE
(%)
20.1
19.4
19.0
17.9
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
2.2
1.9
1.7
-
11.2
9.8
8.9
Company Represented By:
Mr Rishad Premji,
Chief Strategy Officer
Mr Aravind Viswanathan,
Head - Investor Relations
Key Takeaways
Prolonged restructuring and a challenging environment have been the key hurdles
in Wipro's aspiration to grow in line with industry leaders by 4QFY12. Growth
pursuit will not result in further margin declines.
Refrains from giving a timeline for achievement of industry-leading growth
Wipro missed out on its earlier guidance of matching/beating peer growth
rates due to multiple factors: [1] the reorganization, which is taking longer to
flow all the way down through the system, [2] non-conducive macro
environment, and [3] Wipro's business mix, which has a high proportion of
Global Media, Telecom and Hi-tech segments.
The company's focus in the near-term is firmly on execution; however, it has
refrained from giving another timeline by when growth could match top peers.
Missed out on a couple of large deals; pricing was not the factor
Wipro failed to close a couple of large deals recently, losing out to competition.
However, lower pricing was not the reason for the client's choice of vendor.
There is no irrational behavior in pricing witnessed in the market. Pressure
exists only in select pockets, particularly Investment Banking in Europe.
Margin differential due to business mix; Fixed Price contracts is a margin lever
Despite comparable reported realization metrics (to Infosys), Wipro's lower
margins are explained by:
1. Business mix - presence in India / Middle East and acquisitions at onsite (having
low double-digit margins). This explains 2.5pp of the differential.
2. Productivity, which explains ~3pp of the differential, especially in fixed price
contracts. Wipro admits to not exactly being best-in-class here; higher
productivity is a key lever for margins.
Underperformance in IMS on lower-than-expected wins and India headwinds
Despite being the leader among Indian players in Infrastructure Management
Services (IMS) - a key growth driver, Wipro has underperformed peers in this
segment. Policy paralysis in India is one of the reasons, where dependence on
government spend is high.
Wipro also admitted to not winning as much as it should have in this area. It is
not averse to participating in asset-heavy deals, but has noted that there are
multiple instances where customers may not prefer it.
Valuation and view
We expect Wipro to grow USD revenues at a CAGR of 8% and EPS at a CAGR of 9%
over FY12-14. We believe that the impact of Wipro's investments will be visible
once the environment improves, and agree with the company's approach of
continuing to invest in the business. Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Ashish Chopra
+91 22 3982 5424
Ashish.Chopra@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
92

Sector:
Telecom
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Bharti Airtel
Bloomberg
BHARTI IN
Rating
Neutral
CMP (INR)
249
Mcap (USD b)
17.0
52-Wk Range (INR)
417/244
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%) -24/-27/-49
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR b) (INR b)
595
715
802
885
60
43
28
40
EPS
(INR)
15.9
11.2
7.5
10.4
EPS
Gr. (%)
-32.6
-29.6
-33.2
39.2
P/E
(X)
-
22.2
33.2
23.9
P/BV
(X)
-
1.8
1.7
1.6
RoE
(%)
12.6
8.1
5.3
7.0
RoCE
(%)
8.7
6.2
4.5
5.1
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
2.2
2.0
1.8
-
6.7
6.7
5.6
Company Represented By:
Mr Akhil Gupta, Deputy Group
CEO & Managing Director
Mr Harjeet Kohli,
Group Treasurer
Ms Komal Sharan,
Investor Relations
Key Takeaways
Post the sharp margin pressure witnessed in 1QFY13, industry leaders have
initiated corrective measures like rationalizing channel commissions, promotions,
freebies, etc, which should plug the leakages and drive RPM improvement.
However, these measures will also negatively impact subscriber/traffic growth in
the near term.
Industry taking corrective measures like refraining from “negative landing”;
driving revenue growth could be a key challenge, in our view
While Bharti’s aggressive pricing and promotions since 4QFY12 helped restore
market share, margin performance has been significantly impacted.
The industry majors have now initiated corrective measures, which if
sustained, would plug the leakages and reduce rotational churn.
The key initiative would be to desist from offers having “negative landing”.
These measures would impact subscriber addition/traffic in the near term,
but should help in reducing churn rate.
We believe that growing traffic and revenue while implementing these
measures would be the key challenge; margin improvement could be difficult
on a sluggish revenue growth trajectory, given the high proportion of fixed
costs.
2G cloud to clear post auction; expect participants to take circle-wise approach
Given the cabinet decision of relatively high reserve price of INR140b for a
5MHz block in the upcoming 2G auction, higher spectrum price is a business
reality.
However, 2G auction will remove the current regulatory uncertainty and let
operators take informed business decisions.
Over-bidding in 2G auction appears unlikely, given challenges on the balance
sheet front for most operators. Participants are likely to take a selective circle-
wise approach. Probability of incumbents bidding in a significant way is low.
Current hyper competition in the market is unlikely to sustain.
Africa: Investing in 3G; data to be the revenue driver
Bharti has been relatively cautious in reducing tariffs to induce elasticity in
the Africa market.
Given relatively high tariff levels and no scope for significant tariff cuts in
Africa, voice growth will remain modest.
However, Bharti is focusing on significant investment in 3G network so that
data can drive growth without cannibalizing the voice revenue/EBITDA.
Covering Analyst(s):
Shobhit Khare
+91 22 3982 5428
Shobhit.Khare@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
93

Sector:
Telecom
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Idea Cellular
Bloomberg
IDEA IN
Rating
Buy
CMP (INR)
74
Mcap (USD b)
4.4
52-Wk Range (INR)
104/71
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%) -12/-21/-34
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
155,032
195,412
231,315
260,293
8,986
7,231
11,707
19,770
EPS
(INR)
2.7
2.2
3.5
6.0
EPS
Gr. (%)
-11.6
-19.6
61.7
68.8
P/E
(X)
-
33.8
20.9
12.4
P/BV
(X)
-
1.9
1.7
1.5
RoE
(%)
7.6
5.7
8.6
13.0
RoCE
(%)
5.2
5.4
6.6
9.3
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
1.9
1.6
1.3
-
7.4
6.0
4.7
Company Represented By:
Mr Himanshu Kapania,
Managing Director
Key Takeaways
Industry potential for voice and data growth intact; sector now better placed to
enforce competitive discipline as relative gap between scale/margins of
incumbents has reduced; upcoming 2G spectrum auction to be a defining event.
Industry consolidation inevitable
Industry consolidation is inevitable, given significant losses for challengers
and upcoming increase in spectrum costs.
Tariffs and margins are bound to reverse; the industry is now better placed to
enforce discipline, as relative gap in scale/margins of incumbents has reduced.
Expect telecom sector revenue to grow at a CAGR of 10-12% over the next 10
years.
Idea has closed the gap v/s the leader
Idea has scaled up significantly over the last two years, with the top player’s
lead over Idea in the India wireless business reducing from 2.7x to 1.9x in
revenue terms and from 4.1x to 2.5x in EBITDA terms.
It plans to tap the data opportunity by positioning 3G as a mass product.
It intends to maintain leadership in the established circles; cautiously invest
in new circles to maintain effective deterrent.
Key triggers/milestones/challenges
Industry VLR subscriber base remains under 700m and has the potential to
reach 1b.
Upcoming Supreme Court mandated 2G auction will be a defining moment for
the sector, and force various industry participants to rethink their strategies
and cash losses.
Industry initiatives to reduce subscriber churn will bring sanity in the market
and support margins.
Valuation and view
Idea trades at an EV of 6x FY13E and 4.7x FY14E EBITDA. Maintain
Buy,
with a target
price of INR90, based on EV of 6.8x FY14E EBITDA ex-towers, INR5m/tower for
stake in Indus, and INR121b potential regulatory outlay.
Covering Analyst(s):
Shobhit Khare
+91 22 3982 5428
Shobhit.Khare@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
94

Sector:
Telecom
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Reliance Communications
Bloomberg
RCOM IN
Rating
Neutral
CMP (INR)
51
Mcap (USD b)
1.9
52-Wk Range (INR)
110/50
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%) -10/-45/-41
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
205,627
203,424
213,979
226,617
14,936
9,884
7,587
12,295
EPS
(INR)
7.2
4.8
3.7
6.0
EPS
Gr. (%)
-69.4
-33.8
-23.2
62.0
P/E
(X)
-
10.6
13.9
8.6
P/BV
(X)
-
0.3
0.3
0.3
RoE
(%)
3.9
2.9
2.3
3.7
RoCE
(%)
2.9
2.7
2.9
3.4
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
2.3
2.1
1.9
-
7.2
6.8
6.0
Company Represented By:
Mr Arvind Narang,
Joint President
Mr Mukund J, DGM
Key Takeaways
The industry, including Reliance Communications (RCom), has become highly
leveraged. RCom is relatively better placed v/s GSM incumbents, as there are no
imminent payouts related to license renewal/spectrum re-farming.
Competitive pressure remains high; higher spectrum costs/balance sheet stress
should restore rationality
Competitive pressure remains high, given overcapacity in the telecom sector.
Potential higher outlay towards spectrum should restore rationality among all
operators.
No operational impact due to FLAG IPO not getting through
FLAG IPO could not go through due to tough market environment and
differences in valuation expectations.
However, this has no immediate operational impact on RCom, as the proposed
fund raising was aimed as de-leveraging at consolidated level and not towards
any specific plans/projects.
Reduction in 3G data prices positive for development of data market
The industry has significantly lowered 3G data prices to induce demand.
Lower data pricing has been the key requirement towards developing the
data market and is a positive step.
Valuation and view
RCom trades at EV/EBITDA of 6.8x FY13 and 6x FY14.
Maintain
Neutral
with a target price of INR53/sh based on 6x FY14 EV/EBITDA.
Covering Analyst(s):
Shobhit Khare
+91 22 3982 5428
Shobhit.Khare@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
95

Sector:
Utilities
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
CESC
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
CESC IN
Buy
309
0.7
322/186
5/18/0
Year
End
03/11A
03/12A
03/13E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
40,942
46,050
52,527
4,670
5,543
5,970
EPS*
(INR)
38.9
44.1
47.5
EPS*
Gr. (%)
-
13.5
7.7
11.6
P/E*
(X)
-
7.0
6.5
5.8
P/BV
(X)
-
0.8
0.7
0.6
RoE
(%)
11.3
12.1
11.7
11.7
RoCE
(%)
10.2
10.6
10.4
10.2
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
1.2
1.1
1.0
-
5.1
4.8
4.6
03/14E 58,139
6,662
53.0
* Excl Spencers; fully diluted
Company Represented By:
Mr B L Chandak,
Executive Director
Mr Pankaj Kedia
Chief Manager
Key Takeaways
The management is focusing on breakeven of Spencer's and commissioning of
1.2GW of power projects. Power distribution provides CESC steady cash flows,
with multi-year tariff (MYT) approved till FY14.
MYT petition provides strong visibility on core business
The profitability of CESC's Kolkata distribution business has improved, with
RoE increasing from 14% to 15.5%. Following its recent MYT petition, capex of
INR6b per year till FY14 has been approved. This provides for robust cash flow
of INR4b+, with steady growth linked to capex.
Focusing on improving performance of Spencer's
Restructuring at Spencer's has led to improvement in gross margins and
reduction in EBITDA losses to INR1.5b in FY12 v/s INR1.7b in FY11.
Performance in 1QFY13 was even more robust, driven by strong revenue growth
and cost efficiencies. 1QFY13 average sales grew 14% YoY to INR1,151/sf/
month. Net sales grew 16% YoY to INR3,367m. Same store sales (SSS) growth
was robust at 15% YoY (~20% YoY growth in June 2012 helped) to INR1,201/sf/
month.
Spencer's has closed 19 Small Express Stores in 1QFY13. Post this, area under
operations declined 0.03msf QoQ to 0.98msf.
Store level EBITDA was INR42/sf/month in 1QFY13 as against INR26/sf/month
in 1QFY12.
1.2GW of power projects in advanced stages of execution
CESC has spent INR8.3b towards under construction projects of 1.2GW as at
June 2012. The management expects the Chandrapur project to be
commissioned by April 2013 / July 2013, while the Haldia project would be
operational by FY15.
Out of its 1.2GW capacity under construction, CESC has already signed PPA for
450MW at Haldia on CERC terms for supply to its own Kolkata distribution.
Balance capacity will be signed under ST/MT/LT bidding, as revised bid
documents come through.
Valuation and view
We expect CESC to report standalone PAT of INR6b in FY13 (up 8%) and INR6.7b in
FY14 (up 12%). The stock quotes at 5.8x FY14E standalone EPS and 0.6x FY14E BV.
Maintain
Buy,
with an SOTP-based target price of INR471.
Covering Analyst(s):
Nalin Bhatt
+91 22 3982 5429
NalinBhatt@MotilalOswal.com
Satyam Agarwal
+91 22 3982 5410
AgarwalS@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
96

Sector:
Utilities
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
JSW Energy
Bloomberg
JSW IN
Rating
Buy
CMP (INR)
45
Mcap (USD b)
1.3
52-Wk Range (INR)
77/36
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%) -13/-30/-25
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
Net Sales * PAT*
(INR m) (INR m)
42,944
61,189
81,635
8,418
3,314
6,223
10,483
EPS
(INR)
5.1
2.0
3.8
6.4
EPS
Gr. (%)
12.5
-60.6
87.8
68.5
P/E
(X)
-
22.3
11.9
7.0
P/BV
(X)
-
1.3
1.2
1.1
RoE
(%)
14.8
5.8
10.6
16.2
RoCE
(%)
9.7
6.4
10.5
13.9
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
2.6
2.2
1.8
-
10.9
7.2
5.4
3/14E
91,302
* Consolidated
Company Represented By:
Mr Sanjay Sagar,
CEO & Jt MD
Mr Pramod Menon,
CFO
Mr Amitav Chatterjee,
VP Investor Relation
Key Takeaways
JSW Energy is upbeat on improving gross margins as fuel cost softens. The
contribution of the Raj West project is likely to improve in FY14.
Upbeat on improving gross margins; fuel cost softening
JSW's gross margins had improved to INR2.1/unit in 1QFY13 from the lows of
INR0.2/unit in 2QFY12. In 1QFY13, the consumption of high cost inventory had
restricted margin expansion. The management expects improvement in gross
margins from 2QFY13.
The management expects coal prices to soften internationally, as several supply
bottlenecks for thermal coal are easing and new supply centers like the US are
emerging. As demand remains subdued at higher costs, the coal price outlook
is muted in the near term.
Additionally, JSW has entered into ST PPAs for a sizable part of its merchant
capacity, with average realization of INR4.25-4.50/unit, and is thus, insulated
from ST rate swings.
Raj West contribution to improve in FY14
540MW capacity is already operational and JSW has synchronized three more
units. The entire project should be ready to commission by 2QFY13.
The management is awaiting environment clearance for expansion of lignite
production from Kapurdi mines, as all major formalities are complete.
Expansion at Kapurdi mines would enable JSW to declare the commercial
operation date (CoD) for the entire project.
Land acquisition at Jalipa has largely been completed and it will take some
time to commence mining from the project. FY14 would see production from
both the mines.
CoD of the entire project would also enable recovery and approval of tariff
order for the project, improving the visibility of returns on the project.
Rajasthan Electricity Regulatory Commission has currently granted ad-hoc
interim tariff for the first four units for FY13 at INR3.34/unit.
Valuation and view
We estimate consolidated net profit at INR6.2b (up 88%) for FY13 and INR10.5b
(up 69%) for FY14. The stock trades at 7x FY14E EPS and 1.1x FY14E BV, with RoE of
16%). Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Nalin Bhatt
+91 22 3982 5429
NalinBhatt@MotilalOswal.com
Satyam Agarwal
+91 22 3982 5410
AgarwalS@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
97

Sector:
Utilities
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
NTPC
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
NTPC IN
Buy
172
25.5
190/139
8/-4/-8
Year
End*
03/11A
03/12A
03/13E
Net Sales PAT *
(INR m) (INR m)
548,740
611,449
715,095
79,580
83,218
96,318
EPS*
(INR)
9.7
10.1
11.7
EPS
Gr. (%)
-5.9
4.6
15.7
P/E
(X)
-
17.0
14.7
P/BV
(X)
-
1.9
1.8
RoE
(%)
12.2
11.8
12.7
RoCE
(%)
12.2
11.8
12.7
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
2.8
2.6
-
11.9
11.2
03/14E 795,035 115,235 14.0
19.6
12.3
1.7
14.1
14.1
2.4
9.3
* Pre-excep. cons. earnings;we have factored in RoE gross-up based on MAT wef FY11 onwards
Company Represented By:
Mr A K Singhal,
Director - Finance
Ms Renu Narang,
GM - Finance
Key Takeaways
NTPC is witnessing increased capacity addition (4GW on TTM basis) and its domestic
coal receipt is up 11% YoY. This should enable robust earnings growth.
FY13 capacity addition at 4.2GW, confident of 12th plan target of 14GW
NTPC's capacity addition is looking up. It has added 4GW on TTM basis. In YTD
FY13, it has already achieved capacity addition of 2.2GW and the management
is confident of achieving its full-year target of 4.2GW addition.
The 12th plan capacity addition target of 14GW is attainable, given that capacity
under construction is already at 16.6GW (including 2.6GW at Meja/Solapur is
targeted for addition under 12th plan on best effort basis).
Domestic coal receipt up 11% YoY in YTD FY13, generation growth too robust
NTPC's generation growth in YTD FY13 was 6% YoY, lower than 8% YoY in 1QFY13,
as the company undertook planned maintenance shutdown during July/August
2012. For July-August 2012, generation growth was 2% YoY, despite the
maintenance shutdown.
While generation growth is partially driven by capacity addition, improved
coal supply is also contributing. Domestic coal receipt for YTD FY13 is up 11%
YoY (imports are a bit lower), and thus, availability of fuel is not an issue.
NTPC had lost 24BU (12% of sales) in FY12 owing to grid constraint (17BU, 8% of
sales) and fuel shortage (8BU, 4% of sales). Generation grew at a CAGR of 1%
over FY10-12, despite capacity addition of 5.3GW.
Sustainable increase in generation growth, led by higher capacity of DISCOMs
to buy power owing to cushion in cash flows (financial restructuring + tariff
hike) and lower gas/hydro-based generation would result in higher
generation/dispatches from thermal projects. We believe this would be a key
driver of earnings growth, as incentives would start increasing.
Valuation and view
We expect NTPC's earnings to grow at a CAGR of 17% over FY12-14. We estimate
net profit at INR96b (up 15%) for FY13 and INR115b (up 20%) for FY14. The stock
trades at 12.3x FY14E EPS and at 1.7x FY14E BV. Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Nalin Bhatt
+91 22 3982 5429
NalinBhatt@MotilalOswal.com
Satyam Agarwal
+91 22 3982 5410
AgarwalS@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
98

Sector:
Utilities
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Power Grid Corporation of India
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
PWGR IN
Buy
121
10.1
122/94
2/9/13
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
83,887
100,353
130,496
158,436
25,411
33,199
39,658
47,716
EPS
(INR)
5.5
7.2
8.6
10.3
EPS
Gr (%)
0.3
30.6
19.5
20.3
P/E
(X)
-
16.9
14.1
11.7
P/BV
(X)
-
2.4
2.2
1.9
RoE
(%)
13.6
14.8
16.0
17.3
RoCE
(%)
9.3
9.2
9.4
9.5
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
10.4
8.9
8.2
-
12.5
10.5
9.5
Company Represented By:
Mr R. T. Agarwal,
Director (Finance)
Mr B. Mishra,
ED Corp. Planning & IT
Key Takeaways
Power Grid Corporation (PWGR) remains upbeat on the 12th plan capitalization
target and does not anticipate equity dilution at least in FY13.
FY13/12th plan implied capitalization target maintained at INR200b/INR1t+
PWGR intends to retain its CWIP at FY12 level (INR333b) throughout the 12th
plan, and is thus, targeting to match capitalization to capex i.e. INR200b per
year, given its 12th plan capex target of INR1t.
Given that 50%+ capex is related to high speed transmission corridor (HSTC),
where CERC has already approved its capex, and grid strengthening (18% of
total), the management is confident of meeting its 12th plan target. This is
despite the fuel supply overhang, delays in generation capacity addition, etc,
as transmission lines would be made available to projects that come up out of
the total selected IPPs. This insulates PWGR from the risk of dedicated
generation projects impacting capitalization.
12th plan order award at INR700b provides comfort
For the 12th plan period, investment approval is already given for INR810b
worth of projects, while orders have been placed for INR700b. This provides
visibility on continued momentum in capex and capitalization, at least over
the next three years.
Balance awards are likely to be placed shortly and the management remains
confident of INR1t capex under the 12th plan.
13th plan period opportunity size huge, but uncertain; focusing on backward
integration
For the 13th plan period, inter-state transmission capex is pegged at INR1.3t,
while intra-state capex is pegged at INR950b. However, projects would be
awarded on CBT mechanism, and thus, the surety for PWGR is bleak, though
the opportunity size is huge.
In the past, PWGR has demonstrated its ability to win projects on CBT
mechanism. To further augment its competitiveness, it is selectively venturing
into manufacturing JVs for related equipment.
No dilution in FY13; Buy
PWGR is well placed to meet its equity requirement in FY13 and does not
expect any dilution.
We expect PWGR to report a net profit of INR40b in FY13 (up 20%) and INR48b
in FY14 (up 20%).
The stock trades at 11.7x FY14E EPS and 1.9x FY14E BV. Maintain
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Nalin Bhatt
+91 22 3982 5429
NalinBhatt@MotilalOswal.com
Satyam Agarwal
+91 22 3982 5410
AgarwalS@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
99

Sector:
Utilities
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Reliance Infrastructure
Bloomberg
Rating
CMP (INR)
Mcap (USD b)
52-Wk Range (INR)
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
RELI IN
Buy
466
2.2
680/328
-6/-22/1
Year
End
3/11A
3/12A
3/13E
3/14E
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
96,146
178,205
163,513
152,215
10,810
19,621
11,669
13,318
EPS
(INR)
40.4
73.4
43.6
49.8
EPS
P/E
Gr. (%) Ratio
1.8
81.5
-40.5
14.1
-
6.4
10.7
9.4
P/BV
(X)
-
0.7
0.6
0.6
RoE
(%)
6.8
11.1
6.0
6.5
RoCE
(%)
7.1
13.3
9.1
8.1
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
0.1
0.1
0.1
-
0.5
1.0
1.1
Company Represented By:
Amit Jain,
Head Investor Relations
Rahul Aagarwal,
Manager, Investor Relations
Key Takeaways
Distribution business: No RAB addition in Mumbai and Delhi
Post tariff hike in Mumbai business, Reliance Infrastructure (RELI) has not
seen any addition to its regulated asset base (RAB) in the Mumbai distribution
business in the last three quarters. MERC has approved recovery of RAB of
INR24b, for which a detailed recovery plan is submitted.
Similarly, for the Delhi distribution business, the accretion to RAB is NIL on an
ongoing basis post tariff hike, 8% surcharge. Fuel cost is also allowed as
passthrough on quarterly basis. The Delhi business has RAB of INR130b, of
which DERC has approved INR90b. INR40b RAB addition over 2011-12 is
expected to be approved once the petition for 2013-14 is filed.
Investments in infrastructure projects at INR46b - 13 projects operational
RELI has invested INR46b in its infrastructure portfolio and has commissioned
13 projects - 7 road projects and 6 transmission projects. It expects further
boost in FY13, with the commissioning of 6 more projects.
RELI's project portfolio comprises of 24 infrastructure projects, aggregating
~INR356b, in segments like Roads (11 projects with 1,000km; cost INR120b),
Metro Rail (3 projects, cost INR170b), Transmission (11 projects, cost INR66b),
and Airports (5 regional brownfield airports in Maharashtra). MSRDC has
entered into a pact with RELI to cancel the sealink project awarded to it (RELI
has incurred capex of INR1b).
In its Delhi Metro vertical, RELI faced structural issues (faulty bearings). Post
consultancy report, DMRC has accepted the fault and has closed the project
for repair.
In its Mumbai Metro project, RELI is targeting to go commercial by December
2013. The project has received rolling stocks and commissioned trial run.
Strong EPC order book position; FY13 revenue target of INR90b-100b
The EPC order book stands at INR156b (book-to-bill ratio of 1.3x). For FY13,
RELI is targeting EPC revenue of INR90b-100b and margins of 8-10%.
Valuation and view
We expect RELI to report a net profit of INR11.6b in FY13 (down 41%) and INR13.3b
in FY14 (up 14%). The stock quotes at 9.4x FY14E EPS.
Buy.
Covering Analyst(s):
Nalin Bhatt
+91 22 3982 5429
NalinBhatt@MotilalOswal.com
Satyam Agarwal
+91 22 3982 5410
AgarwalS@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
100

Sector:
Others - Transport
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Container Corporation of India
Bloomberg
CCRI IN
Rating
Not Rated
CMP (INR)
923
Mcap (USD b)
2.2
52-Wk Range (INR)
1,057/805
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
-2/-5/-12
Key Takeaways
Container Corporation of India (CCRI) presented a very upbeat outlook on its
medium to long term growth prospects, while maintaining its positive outlook
even in the near term.
Volume outlook turning positive
CCRI maintained that it has not witnessed any slowdown in freight movements
and expects volume growth to improve, as few near-term constraints get resolved
and the impact of high haulage charges by Indian Railways gets absorbed by
domestic customers. It had reported 6.2% YoY volume growth in international
handling in 1QFY13 and 13% de-growth in domestic handling.
Received favorable judgment from CCI
In August 2012, CCRI received a favorable judgment from the Competition
Commission of India (CCI) with regard to charges filed by Arshiya International. At
the same time, the ruling raised concerns with regard to frequent revisions in
haulage charges by Indian Railways and recommended a review.
Opening of DFC to multiply addressable market
CCRI believes that the successful implementation of the Dedicated Freight Corridor
(DFC) by FY16 would be a huge positive for the sector. It would multiply the
potential market for existing players by 2-3x and allow CCRI to increase its asset
turnover significantly. Currently, four key commodities - ores, minerals, coal and
coke, which account for ~65% of the relevant freight markets, are under restricted
category for private container transporters. Globally, rail transport accounts for
60-70% of freight movement, while it is at ~25% in India.
Capex plans on track
CCRI plans to invest ~INR45b over the next 4-5 years to transform from a container
rail player to a total logistics services provider. Bulk of the capex would be funded
through internal accruals.
Valuation and view
CCRI is a dominant player in the container rail cargo business, with ~74% market
share, and is fast emerging as a total logistics player.
Company Represented By:
Ms P Ali Rani,
Director - Finance
Covering Analyst(s):
Siddharth Bothra
+91 22 3029 5127
SBothra@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
101

Sector:
Others - Textiles
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Raymond
Bloomberg
RW IN
Rating
Not Rated
CMP (INR)
338
Mcap (USD b)
0.4
52-Wk Range (INR)
439/300
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%)
-4/-5/-10
Year
End
3/09A
3/10A
3/11A
3/12A
Net Sales
PAT
(INR m) (INR m)
25,980
25,085
30,333
36,395
-1,610
-100
1,695
1,487
EPS
(INR)
-26.2
-1.6
27.6
24.2
EPS
Gr. (%)
-
L to P
L to P
-12.3
P/E
(X)
-
-
-
14.0
P/BV
(X)
-
-
-
1.5
RoE
(%)
-13.2
-0.9
13.9
10.9
RoCE
(%)
-8.3
-2.8
0.6
8.3
EV/
EV/
Sales EBITDA
-
-
-
0.9
-
-
-
8.1
Company Represented By:
Mr Tarun Aiyar
Director - Finance
Mr H Sunder
President Finance
Mr Darshan Bagga
Dy. Manager- Corp. Planning
Ms Seema Khatri
Asst Manager- Corp. Planning
Key Takeaways
Extended seasonal sale period helped lower inventory
Longer seasonal sale period during 2QFY13 enabled Raymond to lower its
inventory levels but impacted near-term margins.
The company expects consumer demand to pick up, with the advent of the
festive period.
Focus on branded retail business
Raymond has identified four key apparel brands to focus on - Park Avenue,
Parx, Color Plus and Raymond Premium Apparel. It will direct bulk of its
advertisement and promotional initiatives (INR1.7b advertisement
expenditure in FY12) to these brands.
Over the last one year, it has slowly phased out several unprofitable brands
such as Manzoni (premium luxury), Zapp (kidswear) and GAS (JV brand).
Raymond added 269 new stores (net) over FY10-12, taking its retail store count
to 853 in FY12 from 584 in FY09. The management intends to have a presence
across all Class 1-5 cities/towns. It has identified ~435 towns, where it would
like to have its TRS (The Raymond Store) format retail presence over the next
3-4 years.
Tremendous scope to lower costs
There is tremendous scope to increase efficiencies and rationalize costs,
including lower working capital, higher focus on key brands, etc.
Nonetheless, Raymond faces near-term challenges of rising input prices and
poor consumer demand, particularly in its branded apparel business.
Valuation and view
Raymond is one of the strongest plays in the branded garment segment, well
positioned to capitalize its strong franchise value.
Early monetization of its real estate could be a key trigger. We estimate the
value of its 125-acre land at Thane at INR147/share (based on INR120m/acre
sold and monetized within two years, discounted at 14%).
Covering Analyst(s):
Siddharth Bothra
+91 22 3029 5127
SBothra@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
102

Sector:
Others - Infrastructure
8th Annual Global Investor Conference
Simplex Infrastructure
Bloomberg
SINF IN
Rating
Not Rated
CMP (INR)
197
Mcap (USD b)
0.2
52-Wk Range (INR)
290/157
1, 6, 12 Rel Perf (%) -10/-15/-32
Key Takeaways
Management reiterates 10-15% revenue growth guidance for FY13
The management reiterated revenue growth guidance of 10-15% for FY13
driven by healthy execution of standing order book of INR155b. The growth
guidance is taking into account the challenging macro environment; if the
same improves, then growth could even be higher at 20%.
Execution remains healthy across sectors except for residential housing, given
delayed payment by the customers.
The company expects future growth to come from segments like Buildings,
Urban Infrastructure, and Power T&D (mainly transmission line towers). Its
inherent strengths in piling work enable it to qualify for State-level projects.
EBITDA margin declined 30bp YoY to 8% in 1QFY13. Management mentioned
that blended EBITDA margin on the current order book is 10.2% and it expects
margins to be at this level for FY13.
Order intake robust, entering into partnerships in BOT projects to manage risk
Strategically, Simplex has been entering into partnerships in BOT projects to
manage its risk and increase EPC share of business. During 1QFY13, it entered
into two such partnerships with Gammon Infrastructure with a 50-50
shareholding arrangement. In Kharagpur project, out of total EPC, Simplex has
bagged about INR11b and in Vijayawada project so far it has bagged INR10.3b.
Simplex's order book at the end of June 2012 was INR155b (up 8% from end
June 2011 and up 2% from end March 2012). The order book mainly comprises
Power (23%), Roads (22%), Residential buildings (20%), Institutional buildings
(5%), Bridges (5%), Industrial structures (10%), and Urban infra (8%).
Order intake in 1QFY13 was INR18.8b (up 116% YoY on a low base), driven by
growth in road sector, including a large order of INR10.3b for the Vijaywada
Road project. Excluding in-house projects, the share of orders from external
clients stood at ~INR6b.
Other takeaways
Working capital cycle continued to remain under pressure due to tightening
liquidity conditions and deterioration of payment cycle. As at the end of
1QFY13, working capital stood at 136 days (including retention money of 31
days) up from 120 days at the end of March 2012. However, management
mentioned that cash flow and working capital management remains its key
focus area in the current economic environment.
Total debt as of end-1QFY13 was INR24b, and the management expects to
maintain this level.
Company Represented By:
Mr N K Kakani ,
Executive Director
Mr Naresh Rathi,
Senior Manager
Covering Analyst(s):
Nalin Bhatt
+91 22 3982 5429
NalinBhatt@MotilalOswal.com
Satyam Agarwal
+91 22 3982 5410
AgarwalS@MotilalOswal.com
September 2012
103

8th Annual Global Investor Conference
N O T E S
September 2012
104

Disclosures
This report is for personal information of the authorized recipient and does not construe to be any investment, legal or taxation advice to you. This research report does not constitute an offer, invitation or inducement
to invest in securities or other investments and Motilal Oswal Securities Limited (hereinafter referred as MOSt) is not soliciting any action based upon it. This report is not for public distribution and has been
furnished to you solely for your information and should not be reproduced or redistributed to any other person in any form.
Unauthorized disclosure, use, dissemination or copying (either whole or partial) of this information, is prohibited. The person accessing this information specifically agrees to exempt MOSt or any of its affiliates
or employees from, any and all responsibility/liability arising from such misuse and agrees not to hold MOSt or any of its affiliates or employees responsible for any such misuse and further agrees to hold MOSt
or any of its affiliates or employees free and harmless from all losses, costs, damages, expenses that may be suffered by the person accessing this information due to any errors and delays.
The information contained herein is based on publicly available data or other sources believed to be reliable. While we would endeavour to update the information herein on reasonable basis, MOSt and/or its
affiliates are under no obligation to update the information. Also there may be regulatory, compliance, or other reasons that may prevent MOSt and/or its affiliates from doing so. MOSt or any of its affiliates or
employees shall not be in any way responsible and liable for any loss or damage that may arise to any person from any inadvertent error in the information contained in this report . MOSt or any of its affiliates
or employees do not provide, at any time, any express or implied warranty of any kind, regarding any matter pertaining to this report, including without limitation the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness
for a particular purpose, and non-infringement. The recipients of this report should rely on their own investigations.
This report is intended for distribution to institutional investors. Recipients who are not institutional investors should seek advice of their independent financial advisor prior to taking any investment decision
based on this report or for any necessary explanation of its contents.
MOSt and/or its affiliates and/or employees may have interests/positions, financial or otherwise in the securities mentioned in this report. To enhance transparency, MOSt has incorporated a Disclosure of Interest
Statement in this document. This should, however, not be treated as endorsement of the views expressed in the report.
Disclosure of Interest Statement
1. Analyst ownership of the stock
2. Group/Directors ownership of the stock
3. Broking relationship with company covered
4. Investment Banking relationship with company covered
Companies where there is interest
None
Bharti Airtel,Cairn India, GSK Pharma, HeroMotoCorp, Marico, State Bank of India
State Bank of India
None
Analyst Certification
The views expressed in this research report accurately reflect the personal views of the analyst(s) about the subject securities or issues, and no part of the compensation of the research analyst(s) was, is, or
will be directly or indirectly related to the specific recommendations and views expressed by research analyst(s) in this report. The research analysts, strategists, or research associates principally responsible
for preparation of MOSt research receive compensation based upon various factors, including quality of research, investor client feedback, stock picking, competitive factors and firm revenues.
Regional Disclosures (outside India)
This report is not directed or intended for distribution to or use by any person or entity resident in a state, country or any jurisdiction, where such distribution, publication, availability or use would be contrary to
law, regulation or which would subject MOSt & its group companies to registration or licensing requirements within such jurisdictions.
For U.K.
This report is intended for distribution only to persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments as described in Article 19 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial
Promotion) Order 2005 (referred to as "investment professionals"). This document must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not investment professionals. Any investment or investment activity to
which this document relates is only available to investment professionals and will be engaged in only with such persons.
For U.S.
MOSt is not a registered broker-dealer in the United States (U.S.) and, therefore, is not subject to U.S. rules. In reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Rule 15a-6 of the U.S. Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and interpretations thereof by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") in order to conduct business with Institutional Investors based in the U.S.,
Motilal Oswal has entered into a chaperoning agreement with a U.S. registered broker-dealer, Marco Polo Securities Inc. ("Marco Polo"). Any business interaction pursuant to this report will have to be executed
within the provisions of this Chaperoning agreement.
This report is intended for distribution only to "Major Institutional Investors" as defined by Rule 15a-6(b)(4) of the Exchange Act and interpretations thereof by SEC (henceforth referred to as "major institutional
investors"). This document must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not major institutional investors. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to major
institutional investors and will be engaged in only with major institutional investors.
The Research Analysts contributing to the report may not be registered /qualified as research analyst with FINRA. Such research analyst may not be associated persons of the U.S. registered broker-dealer, Marco
Polo and therefore, may not be subject to NASD rule 2711 and NYSE Rule 472 restrictions on communication with a subject company, public appearances and trading securities held by a research analyst account.
Motilal Oswal Securities Ltd
Motilal Oswal Tower, Level 9, Sayani Road, Prabhadevi, Mumbai 400 025
Phone: +91 22 3982 5500 E-mail: reports@motilaloswal.com